WO2014139472A1 - Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof - Google Patents

Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014139472A1
WO2014139472A1 PCT/CN2014/073483 CN2014073483W WO2014139472A1 WO 2014139472 A1 WO2014139472 A1 WO 2014139472A1 CN 2014073483 W CN2014073483 W CN 2014073483W WO 2014139472 A1 WO2014139472 A1 WO 2014139472A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
seq
peptide
iglhdp
analog
shgtlp
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/073483
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Liping Liu
Ru BAI
Original Assignee
Shenzhen Hightide Biopharmaceutical, Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to EP18196856.1A priority Critical patent/EP3473642B1/en
Priority to EP14762306.0A priority patent/EP2970385B1/en
Priority to JP2015561930A priority patent/JP6674258B2/en
Priority to ES14762306T priority patent/ES2703110T3/en
Priority to MX2015012038A priority patent/MX2015012038A/en
Priority to AU2014231444A priority patent/AU2014231444B2/en
Priority to SG11201507404RA priority patent/SG11201507404RA/en
Priority to NZ711958A priority patent/NZ711958A/en
Priority to RU2015143655A priority patent/RU2685958C2/en
Priority to CA2906240A priority patent/CA2906240C/en
Application filed by Shenzhen Hightide Biopharmaceutical, Ltd. filed Critical Shenzhen Hightide Biopharmaceutical, Ltd.
Priority to US14/417,110 priority patent/US9388215B2/en
Priority to KR1020157029362A priority patent/KR102244349B1/en
Priority to BR112015022469A priority patent/BR112015022469A2/en
Publication of WO2014139472A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014139472A1/en
Priority to IL241383A priority patent/IL241383B/en
Priority to US15/177,206 priority patent/US9738695B2/en
Priority to US15/654,516 priority patent/US20180009861A1/en
Priority to AU2018241212A priority patent/AU2018241212B2/en
Priority to US16/658,218 priority patent/US20200347106A1/en
Priority to AU2020280993A priority patent/AU2020280993B2/en
Priority to US17/747,788 priority patent/US20220348618A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/475—Growth factors; Growth regulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/48—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • C07K14/4701—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals not used
    • C07K14/4702—Regulators; Modulating activity
    • C07K14/4705—Regulators; Modulating activity stimulating, promoting or activating activity
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • C07K14/4701—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals not used
    • C07K14/4733—Acute pancreatitis-associated protein
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • C07K14/4701—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals not used
    • C07K14/4738—Cell cycle regulated proteins, e.g. cyclin, CDC, INK-CCR
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/02—Linear peptides containing at least one abnormal peptide link
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/08—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 12 to 20 amino acids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to the field of medicine and
  • T1D type 1 DM
  • T2D type 2 DM
  • T1D results from the body's failure to produce insulin, and requires the patient to administer insulin daily.
  • T2D results from insulin resistance, a condition in which cells fail to use insulin properly.
  • non-insulin therapies for T2D.
  • T2D there is a large portion of late stage T2D patients requiring insulin administration due to the loss of ⁇ -cell function as the disease progresses.
  • INGAP islet neogenesis-associated protein
  • HIP human prolslet peptide
  • GLP-1 glucagon like peptide- 1
  • VIP islet endocrine neuropeptide vasoactive intestinal peptide
  • epidermal growth factor and gastrin and others, are capable of inducing pancreatic progenitor cells, located in the nonendocrine fraction of the pancreas, to differentiate into fully functional islets in various animal models.
  • INGAP peptide a 15-mer peptide derived from the sequence of INGAP at amino acids 104-118, has been shown to induce islet neogenesis in multiple animal models, reverse streptozotocin (STZ) induced diabetes in mice, increase C-peptide secretion in T1D patients, and improve glycemic control in T2D patients. Additional biological effects of INGAP -PP have been reported, including dose dependent stimulation of expansion of ⁇ -cell mass, ⁇ -cell replication, reduced ⁇ -cell apoptosis, and increased insulin secretion.
  • STZ reverse streptozotocin
  • HIP the bioactive peptide encoded by a portion of the human regenerating islet- derived 3 alpha (REG3 A) gene
  • Previous studies have shown that treatment of human pancreatic ductal tissues with HIP stimulated the production of insulin.
  • Administration of HIP improved glycemic control and increased islet number in diabetic mice.
  • the stabilized form of HIP has been tested in a single ascending dose clinical trial with the goal of exploring the tolerability, safety and pharmacokinetics.
  • high dose is requied of HIP, thus significantly limit clinical applications of the parent HIP peptide.
  • the invention provides peptides and analogs of INGAP and HIP peptides.
  • the peptides and analogs can be used for treating various disease and conditions associated with impaired pancreatic function, treating metabolic diseases including diabetes, both type 1 and type 2 diabetes, prediabetes, and metabolic syndrome.
  • the peptides and analogs can also be used for induction of islets, expansion and proliferation for transplantation, promoting neuroprotection, promoting nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration, and inhibiting inflammation.
  • Figure 1 shows the comparison of ARIP cell (a rat pancreatic ductal cell line) proliferation in the presence of 100 nM of INGAP Scrambled PP 1 (Peptide 3), INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), and a selected peptide analog, Peptide 7 (see Table 2).
  • Figure 2 shows a stability comparison in culture medium of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 7 and Peptide 8 (see Table 2).
  • Figure 3 shows a stability comparison in mouse plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 29 (see Table 2).
  • Figure 4 shows a stability comparison in human plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 (see Table 2).
  • Figure 5 shows a stability comparison in mouse plasma of HIP (Peptide 2) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 52 and Peptide 54 (see Table 3).
  • Figures 6A-6C show the efficacy comparison of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), INGAP Scrambled PP 1 (Peptide 3) and a selected peptide analog, Peptide 7 (see Table 2) in STZ induced diabetic mice model.
  • Figure 6 A Blood glucose (BG) after 21 day treatment
  • Figure 6B Fasting insulin levels after 21 day treatment
  • Figure 6C Area under curve (AUC) of glucose measured in oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) after 21 day treatment.
  • Figure 7 shows the number of islets defined by area ranges (arbitrary
  • morphometric units for equal randomly selected fields (n>7) for animals treated with naive and Peptide 3, Peptide 1 or Peptide 7.
  • Figure 8 shows the increase of glucose- stimulated insulin secretion of islets with or without the co-incubation of selected peptides (10 ⁇ g/mL), Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 1 (see Table 2). Co-incubation with ⁇ Glucagon like peptide - 1 (GLP-1) was included as a positive control.
  • Figures 9 A-9C show the biological effect of administering INGAP-PP or INGAP- PP analogs.
  • Figure 9A shows the number of extra islet cluster (EIC) in female C57BL/6J mice after 10 days of treatment.
  • Figure 9B shows the total area of EIC in female C57BL/6J mice after 10 days of treatment.
  • Figure 9C shows representative ductal associated EIC in pancreas after administration of INGAP-PP peptide or INGAP-PP analog.
  • Figure 10 shows the effect of INGAP-PP peptide and INGAP-PP analogs on islet neogenesis as reflected by pancreatic islet size distribution.
  • Figure 11 shows the stability of INGAP-PP and INGAP-PP analogs in culture
  • Figure 12 shows the stability of INGAP-PP and INGAP-PP analogs in rat plasma.
  • Figure 13 shows the stability of HIP and HIP analogs in rat plasma.
  • Figure 14 shows the stability of INGAP-PP and INGAP-PP analog in mouse plasma.
  • Figure 15 shows the stability of INGAP-PP and INGAP-PP analogs in human plasma.
  • Figure 16 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of hydrogel containing Pluronic F127.
  • Figure 17 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of hydrogel containing Jeffamine ED-2003.
  • Figure 18 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of SABER gel system.
  • the present invention provides compounds, in particular peptide and peptide analogs, that exhibit properties useful for treating a variety of diseases and conditions, particularly diseases and conditions relating to diabetes.
  • the peptides and analogs of the invention are additionally useful for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating metabolic diseases, ex vivo islet induction, expansion and proliferation for transplantation, increasing the survival of transplanted islets in vivo, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration, and inhibiting inflammation.
  • the present invention provides a series of INGAP-PP and HIP analogs with comparable or improved stability and activities compared to the wild-type peptides (see Tables 2 and 3).
  • the improved pharmaceutical properties of these peptide analogs make them particularly suitable for clinical development.
  • the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound according to the present invention and the use of compounds according to the present invention for preparing medicaments for treating metabolic diseases, including but not limited to type 1 diabetes (TID) and type 2 diabetes (T2D).
  • TID type 1 diabetes
  • T2D type 2 diabetes
  • the invention further provides the compositions of the invention in suitable formulations, including sustained release formulations.
  • INGAP islet neogenesis associated protein
  • a human peptide termed human prolslet peptide (HIP) has also been described (Levetan et al, Endocrin. Pract. 14: 1075-1083 (2008); US publication 2011/0280833).
  • the present invention provides analogs of INGAP - PP and HIP peptides, including but not limited to those listed in Tables 2 and 3 or others disclosed herein, including the formulas disclosed herein, that are not parent INGAP -PP or HIP peptides.
  • the peptides and analogs of the inventioin exhibit unexpected and beneficial properties over the parent INGAP -PP or HIP peptides.
  • peptide refers to a polymer of two or more amino acids.
  • the peptide can be modified to include analogs, derivatives, functional mimetics, pseudopeptides, and the like, so long as the peptide comprises a polymer of at least two amino acids.
  • the meaning of the term "peptide” is well known to those skilled in the art.
  • a peptide includes two or more amino acids joined by an amide bond between the carboxyl group of one amino acid residue and the amino group of the adjacent amino acid residue.
  • a peptide can comprise naturally occurring amino acids or non- naturally occurring amino acids.
  • an analog refers to a variant of a parent molecule, for example, a parent peptide.
  • an analog of a parent peptide can include a variant, where one or more amino acids are substituted relative to the parent peptide.
  • An analog can also include a modification of a parent peptide, including but not limited to, non-naturally occurring amino acids, D amino acids, modified amino- and/or carboxy-terminal (N- or C- terminal) amino acids, in particular modifications of the amino group on the N-terminus and/or modification of the carboxyl group in the C-terminus, fatty acid modifications, esterification, peptidomimetics, pseudopeptides, and the like, as disclosed herein. Exemplary modifications are described in more details below.
  • impaired pancreatic function refers to a disease or condition associated with the pancreas, where the pancreas exhibits a decreased function compared to that of a normal or healthy individual.
  • diseases or conditions associated with impaired pancreatic function include, but are not limited to, type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, latent autoimmune diabetes in adults (LAD A), impaired fasting glucose, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, partial pancreatomy due to injury or inflammation, or a combination thereof. Such diseases and conditions are discussed in more details below.
  • the invention provides peptide analogs of INGAP-PP and HIP peptides.
  • Table 1 shows the sequence of INGAP-PP and HIP peptides, as well as various scrambled versions of the peptides that are used as negative controls in experiments described herein or can be used as negative controls in comparative studies with INGAP-PP, HIP or the peptides analogs of the invention.
  • INGAP-PP various analogs of INGAP-PP are provided as peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • Exemplary INGAP-PP peptide analogs of the invention are provided in Table 2.
  • HIP HIP peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • exemplary HIP peptide analogs of the invention are provided in Table 3.
  • the invention provides peptides or analogs thereof that are analogs of INGAP-PP.
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO:7); and
  • the peptide or analog can comprise a peptide or analog selected from: IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO:7);
  • IGLHDPSHGTLPAG SEQ ID NO:73
  • IGLHDP SHGTLP AGSK SEQ ID NO:9
  • IGLHDPSHGTLP(Aib)GS SEQ ID NO: 10
  • IGLHDP SHGTLP(N-methyl-L-Ala)GS SEQ ID NO: 11
  • Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS SEQ ID NO: 12
  • (D-Ile)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS SEQ ID NO: 13
  • (L-NorVal)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS SEQ ID NO: 14
  • IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC (SEQ ID NO:46); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC (SEQ ID NO:47); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:48); and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:49).
  • the peptide or analog thereof can consist of: IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:7); IGLHDPSHGTLPAG (SEQ ID NO:73); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGSK (SEQ ID NO:9); IGLHDPSHGTLP(Aib)GS (SEQ ID NO: 10); IGLHDPSHGTLP(N-methyl-L-Ala)GS (SEQ ID NO: 11); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 12); (D-Ile)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 13); (L-
  • An embodiment of the invention provided herein includes a peptide or analog thereof comprising a peptide or analog selected from the group consisting of: Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 16); (D-Ile)GLHDPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 17); Ac-IGLHD PSHGT LPNGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:31); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:32); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:33); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:34); IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:35); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:36); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:37); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:38);
  • H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDG-OH SEQ ID NO:94
  • H-IGLHDPSHGTLPEG-OH SEQ ID NO:94
  • H-IGLHDP SHGTLPDGE-OH SEQ ID NO: 102
  • H-IGLHEP SHGTLP AGE-OH SEQ ID NO: 108
  • the peptide or analog thereof consists of: Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 16); (D-Ile)GLHDP SHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 17); Ac-IGLHD PSHGT LPNGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:31); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:32); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:33); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:34); IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:35); Ac- IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:36); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:37); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:38); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:39); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-
  • H-IGLHNPSHGTLPAG-OH SEQ ID NO: 101
  • H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGE-OH SEQ ID NO: 106
  • IGLHQP SHGTLP AGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 109); or H-IGLHNPSHGTLPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 109).
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of: IGLHAPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:6);
  • IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS SEQ ID NO:8; IGLHDP SHGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 18);
  • IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS SEQ ID NO: 19
  • IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS SEQ ID NO:20
  • IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE SEQ ID NO:21
  • IGLHDP SHGTLPNGK SEQ ID NO:22
  • IGLHDP SHGTLP AGK SEQ ID NO:23
  • IGLHDP SHGTEP AGS SEQ ID NO:24
  • IGLHDPSQGTLPAGS SEQ ID NO:25
  • IGLHDPTHGTLPAGS SEQ ID NO:26
  • IGLHDPSHGTLPAGE SEQ ID NO:27
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising a peptide or analog selected from: IGLHAPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:6);
  • IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS SEQ ID NO:8; IGLHDP SHGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 18);
  • IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS SEQ ID NO: 19
  • IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS SEQ ID NO:20
  • IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE SEQ ID NO:21
  • IGLHDP SHGTLPNGK SEQ ID NO:22
  • IGLHDP SHGTLP AGK SEQ ID NO:23
  • IGLHDP SHGTEP AGS SEQ ID NO:24
  • IGLHDPSQGTLPAGS SEQ ID NO:25
  • IGLHDPTHGTLPAGS SEQ ID NO:26
  • IGLHDPSHGTLPAGE SEQ ID NO:27
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof consisting of: IGLHAPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:6);
  • IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS SEQ ID NO:8; IGLHDP SHGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 18);
  • IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS SEQ ID NO: 19
  • IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS SEQ ID NO:20
  • IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE SEQ ID NO:21
  • IGLHDP SHGTLPNGK SEQ ID NO:22
  • IGLHDP SHGTLP AGK SEQ ID NO:23
  • IGLHDP SHGTEP AGS SEQ ID NO:24
  • the invention additionally provides HIP analogs.
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising the sequence IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:50).
  • the peptide or analog can comprise a peptide or analog selected from: IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:50); IGLHDPTQGTEP(Aib)GE (SEQ ID NO:51); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:52); (D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:53); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 60); Ac-IGLHD PTQGT EPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 62);
  • IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:68); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC (SEQ ID NO:69); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC (SEQ ID NO: 70); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 68).
  • the peptide or analog thereof consists of: IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:50);
  • IGLHDPTQGTEP(Aib)GE (SEQ ID NO:51); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:52); (D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:53); and Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 60); Ac-IGLHD PTQGT EPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 62); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE- NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 68); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC (SEQ ID NO: 69); Ac-IGLHD PTQGT EPAGC (SEQ ID NO:70); IGLHD PTQGT EPAGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:71); or Ac-IGLHD PTQGT EPAGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:72).
  • the invention provides additional HIP peptide analogs.
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising a peptide or analog selected from the group consisting of: Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 54); (D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 55); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:61); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:63); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO:64); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO:65); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 66); and Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 67).
  • the peptide or analog thereof can consist of: Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 54); (D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 55); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE- NH2 (SEQ ID NO:61); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:63);
  • IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO:64); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO:65); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 66); or Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 67).
  • a peptide or analog thereof can comprise a sequence selected from the group consisting of: IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO:56); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS (SEQ ID NO:57); IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO:58); and IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE (SEQ ID NO:59).
  • the peptide or analog thereof can comprise a peptide or analog selected from: IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO:56);
  • IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS SEQ ID NO:57
  • IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE SEQ ID NO:58
  • IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE SEQ ID NO:59
  • peptide or analog thereof can consist of: IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO:56); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS (SEQ ID NO:57); IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO:58); or IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE (SEQ ID NO:59).
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO: 12). In another particular embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof consisting of Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO: 12). In still a further embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:31). In yet another further embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof consisting of Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:31).
  • the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO: 31 have significantly improved stability in plasma and culture medium, significantly improved pharmacokinetic properties, significantly stronger effect on glucose stimulated insulin secretion, significantly more effective induction of islet cells, and significantly stronger islet neogenesis effect.
  • the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO:31 exhibited higher efficacy relative to the parent INGAP-PP peptide (see Example VIII).
  • a shift towards small islet size was achieved with the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO:31 at 1/100 the dose of the parent INGAP-PP peptide (see Example IX).
  • the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO:31 additionally exhibited improved pharmacokinetic properties as evidenced by a significant increase in AUC and Cmax and by an increased plasma and pancreas concentration relative to the parent INGAP-PP peptide (see Example X).
  • the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO:31 also exhibited increased stability in culture medium and in rat, mouse and human plasma (see Example XI). Therefore, the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO:31 have significant advantages over the parent INGAP-PP peptide.
  • the peptide or analog of this invention is useful for a variety of applications, including but not limited to, stimulating pancreatic islet cell growth, producing a population of pancreatic islet cells ex vivo or in vivo, increasing the number of pancreatic islet cells in a human, and treating diseases or conditions with impaired pancreatic function such as diabetes mellitus. More specifically, diseases or conditions with impaired pancreatic function include but are not limited to type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, latent autoimmune diabetes in adults (LAD A), impaired fasting glucose, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin deficiency, fasting
  • LAD A latent autoimmune diabetes in adults
  • the peptide or analog of this invention can be administered to a patient at a much lower dosage level than the parent INGAP-PP peptide, resulting in improved efficacy and/or reduced side effects over the course of treatment.
  • the peptide or analog of this invention is administered to a patient each time no more than 10 mg/kg, no more than 5 mg/kg, no more than 1 mg/kg, no more than 0.5 mg/kg, or no more than 0.1 mg/kg.
  • the peptide or analog of this invention is administered to a patient in a dose range of 0.1-100 mg per day, 1-50 mg per day, 5-100 mg per day, 5-50 mg per day, 0.1-10 mg per day, or 0.1-1 mg per day.
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: X ⁇ LHX ⁇ x GTXWGS, wherein X 1 is selected from Isoleucine(I), D-Isoleucine, L-NorValine, or L-NorLeucine; X 2 is selected from Alanine(A), or Aspartic Acid(D); X 3 is selected from Serine(S), or Threonine(T); X 4 is selected from Histidine(H), or Glutamine(Q); X 5 is selected from Leucine(L), or Glutamic acid(E); and when X 1 is selected from Isoleucine(I), D-Isoleucine, L-NorValine, or L-NorLeucine; X 2 is selected from Alanine(A), or Aspartic Acid(D); X 3 is selected from Serine(S), or Threonine(T); X 4 is selected from Histidine(H), or Glutamine(Q); X 5 is selected from Leucine(L), or G
  • Isoleucine(I) is Aspartic Acid(D)
  • X 3 is Serine(S)
  • X 4 is Histidine(H)
  • X 5 is
  • Leucine(L), X 6 is selected from Alanine(A), a-Amino-isobutyric acid, or N-methyl-L- Alanine; otherwise, X 6 is selected from Alanine(A), Asparagine(N), ⁇ -Amino-isobutyric acid, or N-methyl-L- Alanine.
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLH AP SHGTLPNGS -OH( SEQ ID NO: 6), H- IGLHDPSHGTLP(Aib)GS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 10), H-IGLHDP SHGTLP(N-methyl-L- Alanine)GS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 11), H-(D-Isoleucine)GLHDPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 17), H-IGLHDPSHGTEPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 18), H-IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 19), and H-IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 20).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 7), H-IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 8), H-(D-Isoleucine)GLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 13), H-(L- NorValine)GLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 14), H-(L-)
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: R 1 -IGLHDP SHGTLPNGX 1 (C) m -R 2 , wherein, m is 0 or 1; R 1 is selected from -H or -Ac; R 2 is selected from -OH or -NH 2 ; and when R 1 is -H, R 2 is -OH, and m is 0, X 1 is selected from Glutamic acid(E), Cysteine(C), or Lysine(K); otherwise, X 1 is selected from Serine(S), Glutamic acid(E), Cysteine(C), or Lysine(K).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 21), and H-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGK-OH (SEQ ID NO: 22).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS -NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 31), H-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 32), and Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 16).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 37), Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 38), H-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 39), and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC- NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 40).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 33), Ac- IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 34), H-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 35), and Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 36).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDP SHGTLPNG -OH (SEQ ID NO: 74), Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG -OH (SEQ ID NO: 75), H- IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 76), and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 77).
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: R 1 -IGLHDP SHGTLP AG(X ) m -R 2 ; wherein, m is 0 or 1; R 1 is selected from -H or - Ac; R 2 is selected from -OH or -NH 2 ; when R 1 is -H, R 2 is -OH, and m is 1, X 1 is selected from Glutamic acid(E), Cysteine(C), or Lysine(K); otherwise, X 1 is selected from Serine(S), Glutamic acid(E), Cysteine(C), or Lysine(K).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDP SHGTLPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 27), and H-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGK-OH (SEQ ID NO: 23).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS -NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 29), H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS -NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 41), and Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 12).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 46), Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 47), H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 48), and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC- NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 49).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-OH (SEQ ID NO: 73), H- IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 28), and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 30).
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: R ⁇ IGLHDP SHGTLP AGSX 2 -R 2 , wherein, X 2 is selected from Lysine(K) or Cysteine(C), R 1 is selected from -H or -Ac, R 2 is selected from -OH or -NH 2 .
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDP SHGTLP AGSK-OH (SEQ ID NO: 9), H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS C-OH (SEQ ID NO: 42), Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 43), H-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC- NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 44), and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS C-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 45).
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: X 1 GLHDPTQGTX 2 PX 3 GE, X 1 is selected from Isoleucine(I) or D- Isoleucine; X 2 is selected from Glutamic acid(E) or Leucine(L); and when X 1 is Isoleucine(I) and X 2 is Glutamic acid(E), X 3 is selected from Alanine(A), or a-Amino-isobutyric acid; otherwise, X 3 is selected from Alanine(A), Asparagine(N), or a-Amino-isobutyric acid.
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDPTQGTEP(Aib)GE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 51), H-(D-Isoleucine)GLHDPTQGTEPNGE- OH (SEQ ID NO: 55), and H-IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE-OH(SEQ ID NO: 58).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 50), H-(D-Isoleucine)GLHDPTQGTEPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and H-IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 59).
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: R ⁇ IGLHDPTQGTEPNGX ⁇ R 2 , wherein, R 1 is selected from -H or -Ac; R 2 is selected from -OH or -NH 2 ; when R 1 is -H and R 2 is -OH, X 1 is selected from
  • X 1 is selected from Serine(S), Glutamic acid(E), or Cysteine(C).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 54), Ac-
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 56), H-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC- OH (SEQ ID NO: 64), Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC-OH(SEQ ID NO: 65), H- IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 66), and Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 67).
  • the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: R 1 -IGLHDPTQGTEPAG(X 1 ) n -R 2 , wherein, R 1 is selected from -H or - Ac; R 2 is selected from -OH or -NH 2 ; n is 0, or 1; X 1 is selected from Serine(S), or
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 57), Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAG- NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 60), H-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 69), Ac- IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 70), H-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 71), and Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 72).
  • the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from Ac- IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 52), Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 62), andH-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-NH 2 (SEQ ID NO: 68).
  • the peptides or analogs of the invention include analogs of INGAP-PP and HIP that can be peptides having the standard 20 naturally occurring amino acids, as well as other naturally and/or non-naturally occurring amino acids.
  • the peptides as described herein generally use conventional nomenclature. For example, some peptides are designated H-XXX-OH, and it is understood by those skilled in the art that these can designate unmodified amino- (H-) or carboxy- (-OH) termini.
  • the amino acid sequence can also be represented without an indication of a modification on the amino- or carboxy- terminus.
  • peptides described herein can include unmodified and modified amino- and/or carboxy-termini on a peptide comprising a specified amino acid sequence or peptide analog.
  • a peptide or analog comprising a designated amino acid sequence can include additional amino acids on the N- and/or C-terminus as well as modified amino acids of the designated sequence.
  • a peptide or analog comprising a designated peptide or analog similarly can include modified amino acids and/or additional amino acids, unless the N- and/or C-terminus comprises a modification that precludes the addition of an amino acid, for example through a peptide bond.
  • modifications can include, for example, an acetylated N-terminus and/or amidated C-terminus.
  • the peptides or analogs of the invention can comprise a modification. It is understood by those skilled in the art that a number of modifications can be made to a peptide or analog. Exemplary modifications include, but are not limited to, an acetylated N-terminus, an amidated C-terminus, a D amino acid, a modified amino acid, a fatty acid modification, esterification, or a combination thereof. Any of a number of well known modifications of a peptide or amino acid can be included in a peptide or analog of the invention.
  • derivatives can include chemical modifications of the polypeptide such as esterification, alkylation, acylation, carbamylation, iodination, or any modification which derivatizes the polypeptide.
  • Modifications of a peptide or analog can include modified amino acids, for example, hydroxyproline or carboxyglutamate, and can include amino acids that are not linked by peptide bonds.
  • a particularly useful method to produce peptides or analogs of the invention is via chemical synthesis using well known methods of peptide synthesis.
  • Chemical synthesis is particularly useful for introducing non- naturally occurring amino acids, modified amino acids and/or a modified N- and/or C-terminus.
  • an advantage of using chemical synthesis to prepare a peptide or analog of the invention is that (D)-amino acids can be substituted for (L)-amino acids, if desired.
  • the incorporation of one or more (D)-amino acids can confer, for example, additional stability of the peptide in vitro or, particularly, in vivo, since endogenous endoproteases generally are ineffective against peptides containing (D)-amino acids.
  • Peptides having D amino acids can also be designated herein using the well known nomenclature of a small letter for the corresponding single letter code for an amino acid.
  • the reactive side group of one or more amino acids in a peptide or analog of the invention can be modified or amino acid derivatives can be incorporated into the peptide.
  • Selective modification of a reactive group of a peptide or analog can impart desirable characteristics upon a peptide or analog. The choice of including such a modification is determined, in part, by the characteristics required of the peptide. For example, a peptide or analog can have a free carboxyl terminus or can be modified so that the C-terminus is amidated (see Tables 2 and 3). Similarly, a peptide or analog can have a free amino terminus or can be modified so that the N-terminus is acetylated (Tables 2 and 3).
  • peptides or analogs of the invention can optionally be amidated on the C- terminus and acetylated on the N-terminus.
  • Other modifications of the N- and/or C-terminus of a peptide or analog can also be included within the meaning of a modification.
  • modifications of a peptide or analog of the invention can include, but are not limited to, 2-Aminoadipic acid (Aad); 3-Aminoadipic acid (bAad); beta-Alanine, beta- Aminopropionic acid (bAla); 2-Aminobutyric acid (Abu); 4-Aminobutyric acid, piperidinic acid (4Abu); 6-Aminocaproic acid (Acp); 2-Aminoheptanoic acid (Ahe); 2-Aminoisobutyric acid (Aib); 3-Aminoisobutyric acid (bAib); 2-Aminopimelic acid (Apm); 2,4 Diaminobutyric acid (Dbu); Desmosine (Des); 2,2'-Diaminopimelic acid (Dpm); 2,3-Diaminopropionic acid (Dpr); N-Ethylglycine (EtGly); N-Ethylasparagine (EtAsn); Hydroxy
  • a peptide or analog of the invention includes fatty acid modification.
  • a peptide or analog of the invention can be modified by acylation with aliphatic groups, including C2, C4, C6, C8, CIO, CI 2, CI 4, CI 6, CI 8, C20 or longer chains.
  • the peptide or analog can also be modified by isoprenylation and/or phosphatidylinositol (PI).
  • Additional modications of a peptide or analog of the invention includes esterification.
  • a carboxyl group can be modified by acid catalyzed esterification or condensation with an alcohol.
  • an alcohol group can be modified by
  • conformational restraint through head-to-tail cyclization improves the peptide stability than their linear counterparts, therefore prolongs the duration of peptide action.
  • cyclic peptide is thought to adopt a conformation which more closely mimics that of active sequence as presented in the native protein (see, for example, Dutta Chem. Br. 25: 159(1989) ;Kopple, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 94-973-981 (1972); Brugghe et al, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 43 : 166-170 (1994)).
  • the invention also includes mimetics of the peptides or analogs disclosed herein, also referred to as peptidomimetics.
  • Mimetics encompass chemicals containing chemical moieties that mimic the function of the peptide. For example, if a peptide contains two charged chemical moieties having functional activity, a mimetic places two charged chemical moieties in a spatial orientation and constrained structure so that the charged chemical function is maintained in three-dimensional space. Thus, a mimetic orients functional groups of a peptide or analog of the invention such that the functional activity of a peptide or analog is retained.
  • Mimetics or peptidomimetics can include chemically modified peptides, peptide- like molecules containing nonnaturally occurring amino acids, peptoids and the like, and have the functional activity of the peptide or analog upon which the peptidomimetic is derived (see, for example, Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery 5th ed., vols. 1 to 3 (ed. M. E. Wolff; Wiley Interscience 1995)).
  • Methods for identifying a peptidomimetic are well known in the art and include, for example, the screening of databases that contain libraries of potential peptidomimetics (Allen et al, Acta Crystallogr.
  • Mimetics or peptidomimetics can provide desirable properties such as greater stability, for example, when administered to a subject, such as during passage through the digestive tract and, therefore, can be useful for oral administration.
  • a variety of mimetics or peptidomimetics are known in the art including, but not limited to, peptide-like molecules which contain a constrained amino acid, a non-peptide component that mimics peptide secondary structure, or an amide bond isostere.
  • a mimetic or peptidomimetic that contains a constrained, non-naturally occurring amino acid can include, without limitation, an a-methylated amino acid; ⁇ -, ⁇ -dialkylglycine or a-aminocycloalkane carboxylic acid; an N a- c a-cyclized amino acid; an N a-methylated amino acid; a ⁇ - or ⁇ - amino cycloalkane carboxylic acid; an ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated amino acid; a ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethyl or ⁇ - methyl amino acid; a P-substituted-2,3-methano amino acid; an N— C5 or ° ⁇ -° ⁇ cyclized amino acid; a substituted proline or another amino acid mimetic.
  • peptidomimetic which mimics peptide secondary structure can contain, without limitation, a nonpeptidic ⁇ -turn mimic; ⁇ -turn mimic; or mimic of helical structure, each of which is well known in the art.
  • a peptidomimetic also can be a peptide-like molecule which contains an amide bond isostere such as a retro-inverso modification;
  • the invention also provides pseudopeptide derivatives of peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • Pseudopeptides are known in the art as peptides in which a peptide bond (amide bond) in a peptide is modified to an amide bond surrogate (see, for example, Cudic and Stawikowski, Mini-Rev Organic Chem. 4:268-280 (2007); Anderson, in Neuropeptide Protocols, Brent and Carvell, eds. 73 :49-60 (1996)).
  • Exemplary amide bond surrogates include, but are not limited to, peptidosulfonamides, phosphonopeptides, depsides and depsipeptides, oliogureas, azapeptides and peptoids (see Cudic and Stawikowski, supra, 2007) as well as as methylene amino, thioether and hydroxyethylene derivatives, and the like (Anderson, supra, 1996).
  • the peptides or analogs of the invention can be produced using methods well known to those skilled in the art, including chemical synthesis of the peptides or analogs using well known methods of peptide synthesis, as described herein. Thus, when the peptides or analogs include one or more non-standard amino acids, it is more likely that they will be produced by a chemical synthetic method. In addition to using chemical synthesis of peptides or analogs, the peptides or analogs can be produced by expression from encoding nucleic acids. This is particularly useful for peptides or analogs that include only naturally occurring amino acids.
  • a nucleic acid encoding the peptide sequence can be prepared using well known methods (see Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Third Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York (2001); Ausubel et al, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, Baltimore, MD (1999)). Generally such a nucleic acid will be expressed recombinantly in a suitable host organism such as a bacterium, yeast, mammalian or insect cell, and the like. Production in bacteria can be particularly useful for large scale production of a peptide or analog of the invention. The peptide can be expressed in the organism and purified using well known purification techniques.
  • a nucleic acid molecule encoding the peptide or analog of the invention can be cloned into an appropriate vector, particularly an expression vector, and the encoded peptide or analog can be expressed in a host cell or using an in vitro transcription/translation reaction, thereby providing a means to obtain large amounts of the peptide or analog.
  • the recombinant peptide can be produced as a fusion with a tag, such as a His tag, to facilitate identification and purification.
  • Suitable vectors, host cells, in vitro transcription/translation systems, and tag sequences are well known in the art and commercially available.
  • the peptide or analog can be expressed as a single copy, in a polycistronic expression vector, or optionally can be expressed as a single open reading frame with multiple copies of the peptide sequence.
  • the peptide can be obtained by expressing an open reading frame containing multiple copies of the peptide sequence, resulting in expression of a polypeptide with multiple copies of the peptide.
  • the polypeptide can be post-translationally processed into a peptide or analog of the invention, for example, by engineering appropriate proteolytic cleavage sites between the copies of the peptide and cleaving the polypeptide into the peptide or analog of the invention.
  • a peptide or analog of the invention is a peptide containing only naturally occurring amino acids
  • a method can be employed with expression hosts suitably engineered to express non-naturally occurring amino acids.
  • a peptide or analog expressed recombinantly can optionally be chemically modified to introduce a desired amino acid modification or N- and/or C-terminal modification using well know chemical modification methods (see Glazer et al, supra, 1975).
  • the invention additionally provides nucleic acids encoding peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • nucleic acids include, for example, nucleic acids encoding any of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO S: 6-73.
  • the analogs can be expressed from an expression vector using well known methods, as disclosed herein.
  • the peptides or analogs of the invention can comprise a sequence or peptide or analog as disclosed herein. In the case of a peptide or analog comprising an amino acid sequence or peptide, the peptide will generally have a length of 20 amino acids or less.
  • the peptide or analog can have a length of 19 amino acids or less, 18 amino acids or less, 17 amino acids or less.
  • a peptide or analog of the invention as disclosed herein, can have a length of 10 amino acids, 11 amino acids, 12 amino acids, 13 amino acids 14 amino acids (see Peptide 73, Peptide 74), 15 amino acids, 16 amino acids, 17 amino acids, 18 amino acids, 19 amino acids, or 20 amino acids.
  • shorter peptides includes a fragment of a disclosed peptide or analog, for example, by deletion of one or more amino acids on the N- and/or C-terminus of a dislosed peptide or analog, that retains functional activity, including but not limited to one or more of the biological activities of peptides and analogs of the invention, as disclosed herein. Nevertheless, it is understood that a peptide can also comprise longer amino acid lengths, so long as the functional activity of the peptide or analog is retained.
  • a peptide or analog can have a length of less than 150 residues, less than 130 residues, less than 120 residues, less than 110 residues, less than 100 residues, less than 90 residues, less than 80 residues, less than 70 residues, less than 60 residues, less than 50 residues, less than 45 residues, less than 40 residues, less than 35 residues, less than 30 residues, less than 25 residues, less than 24 residues, less than 23 residues, less than 22 residues, less than 21 residues, less than 20 residues, less than 19 residues, less than 18 residues, or less than 17 residues. It is understood by those skilled in the art that, where a peptide or analog of the invention comprises a sequence found within a known longer sequence such as a wild type full length protein, the peptide or analog of the invention specifically excludes such a full length sequence.
  • the invention also provides peptides and analogs of the invention in a
  • a particularly useful salt form is acetate or hydrochloride salt form. Nevertheless, it is understood by those skilled in the art that any of a number of suitable salt forms are available.
  • the peptide or analog of the invention contains an acidic or basic moiety, it can be provided as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt (see, for example, Berge et al, J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 1-19; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts, Properties, and Use; Stahl and Wermuth, Ed.; Wiley- VCH and VHCA: Zurich, Switzerland, 2002).
  • Suitable acids for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, acylated amino acids, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, L-aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4- acetamidobenzoic acid, boric acid, (+)-camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, (+)-(15)- camphor-10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, cyclohexanesulfamic acid, deoxycholic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid,
  • docosahexaenoic acid eicosapntemacnioc acid, ethane- 1,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid, D-gluconic acid, D-glucuronic acid, L-glutamic acid, a-oxoglutaric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydroiodic acid, (+)-L- lactic acid, ( ⁇ )-DL-lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid, maleic acid, (-)-L-malic acid, malonic acid, ( ⁇ )-DL-mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, naphthalene-l,5-disulfonic acid, l-hydroxy-2
  • Suitable bases for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts including, but not limited to, inorganic bases, such as magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, zinc hydroxide, or sodium hydroxide; and organic bases, such as primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary, aliphatic and aromatic amines, including L-arginine, benethamine, benzathine, choline, deanol, diethanolamine, diethylamine, dimethylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, 2-(diethylamino)-ethanol, ethanolamine, ethylamine, ethylenediamine, isopropylamine, N-methyl-glucamine, hydrabamine, IH- imidazole, L-lysine, morpholine, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-morpholine, methylamine, piperidine, piperazine, propylamine, pyrrolidine, l-(
  • the invention also provides peptides and analogs of the invention in a
  • compositions for example, the peptides or analogs of Tables 2 or 3, or other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or the formulas disclosed herein, can be provided in a composition, as disclosed herein.
  • the composition can comprise the peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the composition can optionally be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier to produce a pharmaceutical composition, which can be administered to the individual, which can be a human or other mammal.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be, for example, water, sodium phosphate buffer, phosphate buffered saline, normal saline or Ringer's solution or other physiologically buffered saline, or other solvent or vehicle such as a glycol, glycerol, an oil such as olive oil or an injectable organic ester.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can contain physiologically acceptable compounds that act, for example, to stabilize or increase the absorption of the peptide or analog of the invention.
  • physiologically acceptable compounds include, for example, carbohydrates such as glucose, sucrose or dextrans; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or glutathione; chelating agents such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), which disrupts microbial membranes; divalent metal ions such as calcium or magnesium; low molecular weight proteins; or other stabilizers or excipients.
  • carbohydrates such as glucose, sucrose or dextrans
  • antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or glutathione
  • chelating agents such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), which disrupts microbial membranes
  • divalent metal ions such as calcium or magnesium
  • low molecular weight proteins or other stabilizers or excipients.
  • composition Suitable carriers and their formulations are well known in the art (see, for example, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th ed., ed. A. R. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA (1995); and Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton PA (1990)).
  • an appropriate amount of a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is used in the formulation to render the formulation isotonic.
  • the pH of the solution is generally from about 4 to about 8.5, for example, from about 4 to about 5, from about 5 to about 6, from about 6 to about 7, from about 4.5 to about 8, from about 5 to about 8, from about 5 to about 7.5, from about 5.5, to about 8, from about 5.5 to about 7.5, from about 6 to about 8, from about 6.5 to about 8, from about 7 to about 8, from about 7.5 to about 8, or from about 7 to about 7.5.
  • Pharmaceutical carriers are known to those skilled in the art. These most typically would be standard carriers for administration of drugs to humans, including solutions such as sterile water, saline, and buffered solutions at physiological pH, as described above.
  • compositions can include carriers, thickeners, diluents, buffers, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the molecule of choice such as the peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions can also include one or more active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like.
  • Further carriers include sustained or controlled release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers covalently or non-covalently bound to the peptide or analog, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, for example, films, liposomes, non-liposome lipid complex or microparticles, and the like, or other sustained or controlled release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers covalently or non-covalently bound to the peptide or analog, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, for example, films, liposomes, non-liposome lipid complex or microparticles, and the like, or other sustained or controlled release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers covalently or non-covalently bound to the peptide or analog, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, for example, films, liposomes, non-liposome lipid complex or microparticles, and the
  • Liposomes which consist of phospholipids or other lipids, are nontoxic, physiologically acceptable and metabolizable carriers that are relatively simple to make and administer (Gregoriadis, Liposome Technology, Vol. 1 (CRC Press, Boca Raton Fla., 1984).
  • Various drug delivery methods are well known to those skilled in the art (Langer, Nature 392(Suppl):5-10 (1998); Langer et al, Nature 428:487-492 (2004)). It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers can be selected depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of composition being administered.
  • the peptides or analogs of the invention can be prepared as sustained or controlled release formulations.
  • sustained release compositions can be generated that demonstrated the feasibility of long acting release dosage forms of the peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • Exemplary formulations include biocompatible polymers, including but not limited to polymers containing poly (ethylene glycol) (PEG), nonionic, surfactant polyols, also known as poloxamers, which are
  • polyetheramines which can be based on ethylene oxide (EO), propylene oxide (PO), an EO/PO mix, or polytetramethylene glycol (PTMEG), polyether diamines based on a predominantly PEG backbone, and the like.
  • EO ethylene oxide
  • PO propylene oxide
  • PO EO/PO mix
  • PTMEG polytetramethylene glycol
  • Exemplary poloxomers include, but are not limited to, Pluronic® F127, Pluronic® F38, Pluronic® F68, Pluronic® F87, Pluronic® F108, Pluronic® 10R5, Pluronic® 17R2, Pluronic® 17R4, Pluronic® 25R2, Pluronic® 25R4, Pluronic® 31R1, Pluronic® F 108 Cast Solid Surfacta, Pluronic® F 108 NF, Pluronic® F 108 Pastille, Pluronic® F 108NF Prill Poloxamer 338, Pluronic® F 127 NF, Pluronic® F 127 NF 500 BHT Prill, Pluronic® F 127 NF Prill Poloxamer 407, Pluronic® F 38 Pastille, Pluronic® F 68 LF Pastille, Pluronic® F 68 NF, Pluronic® F 68 NF Prill Poloxamer 188, Pluronic® F 68 Pastille, Pluronic® F 77
  • Additional components can include, for example, cyclodextrins such as alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins. Methods well known in the art can be used to generate sustained release formulations.
  • components can be formulated at desired concentrations and ratios, including but not limited to, a concentration of 0.1% to 30%, for example, 0.5% w/w to 20%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, and the like, w/w of the final weight of the composition.
  • Other sustained release peptide delivery systems known in the art include, for example, the nanoparticle formulation comprising poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA), polylactide (PLA), PEG/PLGA, and liposomes, which can also be used to generate a sustained release formulation.
  • Sustained release formulations are well known in the art (see, for example, Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton PA (1990)). Sustained release formulations are useful for providing steady and/or continuous dosage of a peptide or analog of the invention and/or to avoid repeat administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on the area to be treated. It is understood that a variety of routes of administration are useful for the peptides, analogs and methods of the invention. Such routes encompass systemic and local administration and include, without limitation, intravenous injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, subcutaneous injection, transdermal delivery, transdermal diffusion or
  • electrophoresis inhalable administration, oral administration, local injection, intracavity, and extended release delivery devices including locally implanted extended release devices such as bioerodible or reservoir-based implants.
  • Administration can be topically (including ophthalmically, vaginally, rectally, intranasally), orally, by inhalation, or parenterally, for example by intravenous drip, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection.
  • Sustained release formulations can be delivered via in situ forming implants.
  • the peptides or analogs of the invention can be administered daily in a single adminstration, in multiple daily administrations, in sustained release formulations, either with continuous or intermittent, non-continuous adminstration, intermittently on non- consecutive days, and so forth so as to achieve a desired effect.
  • Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
  • non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
  • Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's, or fixed oils.
  • Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives can also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, and inert gases and the like.
  • Insulin is a well known peptide therapeutic, so methods used for delivery of insulin are particularly amenable as a delivery method for peptides or analogs of the invention, including but not limited to syringes, pens, infusion pumps, inhalers, mouth sprays, pills, and the like.
  • Exemplary doses for peptides or analogs of the invention include, but are not limited to, 0.01-1000 mg per day, for example, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530, 540, 550, 560, 570, 580, 590, 600, 610, 620, 630, 640,
  • the peptide doses are about 1-100 mg per day, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 mg per day.
  • Exemplary dose ranges include, but are not limited to, 0.01-1000, 0.1-1000, 1-1000, 10-1000, 100-1000, 0.01-500, 0.1-500, 1-500, 10-500, 100-500, 0.01-400, 0.1-400, 1-400, 10-400, 100-400, 0.01-300, 0.1-300, 1-300, 10-300, 100-300, 0.01-200, 0.1-200, 1- 200, 10-200, 100-200, 0.01-100, 0.1-100, 1-100, 10-100, 1-90, 1-80, 1-70, 1-60, 1-50, 1-40, 1-30, 1-20, 1-10, 5-100, 5-90, 5-80, 5-70, 5-60, 5-50, 5-40, 5-30, 5-20, 5-10, 10-100, 10-90, 10-80, 10-70, 10-60, 10-50, 10-40, 10-30, 10-20, 15-100, 15-90, 15-80, 15-70, 15-60, 15-50, 15-40, 15-30, 15-20, 20-100, 20-90, 20-80
  • a dose can be adjusted by increasing or decreasing the dose depending on the responsivenes of the subject, the weight of the subject, and so forth, as well known by a physician or clinician skilled in the art.
  • the peptides or analogs of Tables 2 or 3, or other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or the formulas disclosed herein, can be provided in a composition at the indicated doses, as disclosed herein.
  • the composition can comprise the peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31 at the indicated doses.
  • the peptides and analogs of the invention are particularly useful for treating certain diseases and disorders.
  • the peptides or analogs of the invention can be used for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation.
  • the invention additionally provides compositions of the invention for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting
  • compositions can comprise a peptide or analog such as those disclosed herein in Tables 2 or 3, or other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or the formulas disclosed herein.
  • the composition can comprise the peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the peptides or analogs of the invention can be administered in combination.
  • a combination of two or more peptides or analogs of the invention including those disclosed herein and shown in Tables 2 and 3, or other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or the formulas disclosed herein, for example, the peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31, can be administered for a method of treatment as disclosed herein.
  • Such a combination can be administered concurrently, either in separate formulations or combined into the same formulation, depending on the peptides being administered and the compatibility of the formulations for the peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • the two or more peptides or analogs of the invention can be administered sequentially, including on the same day or staggered on separate days.
  • the peptide and analogs of the invention can optionally be administered with drugs or therapeutic agents for treating a condition.
  • drugs or therapeutic agents for treating a condition.
  • other anti-diabetic drugs can be administered with the peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • co-administration can occur concurrently, either in separate formulations or combined into the same formulation, depending on the drugs being administered and the compatibility of the formulations for the peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • the co-administration can occur sequentially, including on the same day or staggered on separate days.
  • appropriate administration regimens suitable for effective deliver of a peptide or analog of the invention with another drug or therapeutic agent can be intermittent.
  • suitable anti-diabetic drugs include, but are not limited to, insulin, pramlintide, GLP-1 receptor agonists, oral antidiabetic agents, and the like.
  • exemplary anti-diabetic drugs include, but are not limited to, insulin, meglitinides, for example, repaglinide (PrandinTM) and nateglinide (StarlixTM); sulfonylureas, for example, glipizide (GlucotrolTM), glimepiride (AmarylTM), and glyburide (DiaBeta , Glynase ); dipeptidy peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitors, for example, saxagliptin (OnglyzaTM), sitagliptin (JanuviaTM), and linagliptin (TradjentaTM); biguanides, for example, metformin (FortametTM, GlucophageTM
  • an antidiabetic drug can be administered with a peptide or analog of the invention.
  • islet neogenic agents such as the peptides or analogs of the invention can be utilized in patients with a good level of glucose control via life style modification or with a combination of anti-diabetic agents such as metformin, thiazolidinediones, GLP-1, insulin, and the like as described above, to allow the maturation of newly formed islets.
  • Type 1 diabetes and latent autoimmune diabetes in adults are both autoimmune diseases. Therefore, in the case of a subject having type 1 diabetes or LAD A, another therapeutic agent that can be administered with a peptide or analog of the invention can be, for example, an immune modulatory agent.
  • the immunomodulatory agent can be used to block or reduce the destruction of neogenic islet or beta cells associated with autoimmunity.
  • Exemplary immunodulatory agents include, but are not limited to, sirolimus (rapamycin, RapamuneTM), tacrolimus (FK 506, PrografTM), lisofylline, antithymocyte globulin, basiliximab (SimulectTM), DiaPep277TM, and the like.
  • islets are subject to glucose toxicity, lipotoxicity, and immune attack (for T1D).
  • islet neogenic agents such as the peptides or analogs of the invention can be utilized in patients with good glycemic control and a combination of immune modulating agents to protect the newly developed islets from immune attack.
  • the peptides and analogs of the invention exhibit unexpected properties over that of the parent INGAP-PP and HIP peptides, including the peptides and analogs of Tables 2 and 3 that are not the parent INGAP-PP or HIP peptides.
  • peptides and analogs of the invention exhibit improved stability in culture medium and plasma over that of the parent peptide (see Example III and XI).
  • the peptide analogs of the invention also were effective at significantly improving blood glucose, fasting insulin and oral glucose tolerance (see Example IV).
  • the peptide analogs of the invention also exhibit a significantly increased islet neogenic effect than the parent peptide (see Example V, Example VIII and Example IX).
  • the peptide analogs of the invention exhibit a significantly increased ability to stimulate insulin secretion in primary pancreatic islet cells (see Example VI). Additionally, peptide analogs of the invention exhibited superior pharmacokinetic properties (see Examples VII and X).
  • the numerous unexpected and superior properties of the peptides and analogs of the invention indicate that the peptides and analogs of the invention, including the peptides and analogs of Tables 2 and 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein, that are not the parent INGAP-PP or ⁇ peptides, for example, SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31, can be utilized for therapeutic applications.
  • the peptides and analogs of the invention were found to induce extra islet insulin positive ⁇ -cell clusters (see Example VIII).
  • the peptide analogs were effective at 1/10 the dose of the parent INGAP-PP peptide.
  • the islet neogenesis effects of peptide analogs were determined as reflected by pancreatic islet size distribution (see Example IX).
  • the peptide analogs were effective at 1/100 the dose of the parent INGAP-PP peptide.
  • the peptides and analogs of the invetion can exhibit greater potency than the parent INGAP- PP or HIP peptide.
  • neogenic islets can be derived from pancreatic ductal or acinar cells (see Yatoh et al, Diabetes 56: 1802-1809 (2007); Lipsett and Finegood, Diabetes 51 : 1834-1841 (2002)).
  • the peptides and analogs of the invention can be used to produce neogenic islets from pancreatic ductal and/or acinar cells.
  • the invention provides a method for ameliorating a sign or symptom associated with impaired pancreatic function comprising administering a peptide or analog of the invention.
  • peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method for ameliorating a sign or symptom associated with impaired pancreatic function comprising administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
  • a disease or condition associated with impaired pancreatic function includes, but is not limited to, type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, latent autoimmune diabetes in adults (LAD A), impaired fasting glucose, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, or impaired fasting insulin levels, or a combination thereof.
  • the pancreas produces insulin for regulation of blood glucose.
  • type 1 and type 2 diabetes and LAD A the body cannot respond normally to glucose production, leading to a number of related conditions (see Cecil Textbook of Medicine, Bennett and Plum, eds., 20th ed., W.B.
  • pancreas are included within the meaning of impaired pancreatic function.
  • Diabetes mellitus is a serious metabolic disease that is defined by the presence of chronically elevated levels of blood glucose (hyperglycemia). This state of hyperglycemia is the result of a relative or absolute lack of activity of the peptide hormone, insulin. Insulin is produced and secreted by the ⁇ -cells of the pancreas. Insulin promotes glucose utilization, protein synthesis, and the formation and storage of carbohydrate energy as glycogen.
  • glycogen a form of polymerized glucose, which may be converted back into glucose to meet metabolism requirements.
  • insulin is secreted at both a basal rate and at enhanced rates following glucose stimulation, all to maintain metabolic homeostasis by the conversion of glucose into glycogen.
  • diabetes mellitus encompasses several different hyperglycemic states. These states include type 1 (insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus or IDDM) and type 2 (non- insulin dependent diabetes mellitus or NIDDM) diabetes.
  • IDDM insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus
  • NIDDM non- insulin dependent diabetes mellitus
  • the hyperglycemia present in individuals with type 1 diabetes is associated with deficient, reduced, or nonexistent levels of insulin which are insufficient to maintain blood glucose levels within the physiological range.
  • Treatment of type 1 diabetes involves administration of replacement doses of insulin, generally by a parenteral route.
  • the hyperglycemia present in individuals with type 2 diabetes is initially associated with normal or elevated levels of insulin; however, these individuals are unable to maintain metabolic homeostasis due to a state of insulin resistance in peripheral tissues and liver and, as the disease advances, due to a progressive deterioration of the pancreatic ⁇ cells which are responsible for the secretion of insulin.
  • initial therapy of type 2 diabetes may be based on diet and lifestyle changes augmented by therapy with oral hypoglycemic agents such as sulfonylureas. Insulin therapy is often required, however, especially in the latter states of the disease, in order to produce some control of hyperglycemia and minimize complications of the disease.
  • beta cells are susceptible to glucose toxicity, lipotoxicity, chronic oxidative stress, and combinations thereof; in type 1 diabetes, ⁇ cells are primarily subject to immune attack and glucose toxicity.
  • a relatively stable blood glucose and lipid level can provide a healthier environment for neogenic islets to develop into mature and functional islets for type 2 diabetic patients; for type 1 diabetes, additional immune modulating agents can provide a desirable physiological environment for the development of neogenic islets.
  • the invention additionally provides a method for ameliorating a sign or symptom associated with a metabolic disease in a subject comprising administering a peptide or analog of the invention to the subject.
  • a metabolic disease includes, but is not limited to, diabetes, pre-diabetes or metabolic syndrome.
  • Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method for ameliorating a sign or symptom associated with a metabolic disease in a subject comprising administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
  • Prediabetes is a condition where blood sugar level is higher than normal but not yet high enough to be classified as type 2 diabetes.
  • Metabolic syndrome is a name for a group of risk factors that occur together and increase the risk for coronary artery disease, stroke, and type 2 diabetes.
  • the two most important risk factors for metabolic syndrome are extra weight around the middle and upper parts of the body (central obesity, so-called "apple- shaped") and insulin resistance, where the body uses insulin less effectively than normal. Insulin is needed to help control the amount of sugar in the body. As a result, blood sugar and fat levels rise.
  • Metabolic syndrome is considered to be present if a subject has three or more of the following signs: blood pressure equal to or higher than 130/85 mmHg; fasting blood sugar (glucose) equal to or higher than 100 mg/dL; large waist circumference (length around the waist)(men, 40 inches or more; women, 35 inches or more); low HDL cholesterol (men, under 40 mg/dL; women, under 50 mg/dL); triglycerides equal to or higher than 150 mg/dL.
  • blood pressure equal to or higher than 130/85 mmHg
  • fasting blood sugar (glucose) equal to or higher than 100 mg/dL
  • large waist circumference length around the waist
  • low HDL cholesterol men, under 40 mg/dL; women, under 50 mg/dL
  • triglycerides equal to or higher than 150 mg/dL.
  • both type 1 and type 2 diabetes are well characterized diseases with a number of known parameters for diagnosing and/or monitoring the progression of the disease and/or to monitor the effectiveness of a therapy.
  • Such parameters include, but are not limited to, plasma glucose levels, fasting glucose levels, oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT), insulin levels, fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin levels, and the like.
  • the peptides or analogs of the invention can therefore be used to ameliorate any one or more of the signs or symptoms associated with impaired pancreatic function and/or metabolic disease.
  • signs or symptoms include, but are not limited to, impaired glucose tolerance, increased blood glucose (in particular above 200 mg/dl), increased fasting blood glucose (in particular above 140 mg/dl), increased
  • the invention provides a method of reducing a sign or symptom associated with a condition such as diabetes, for example, a method of reducing impaired glucose tolerance, blood glucose, in particular daily average blood glucose concentration, fasting blood glucose, postprandial (after eating) blood glucose, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin (HbAlc), arginine-stimulated C-peptide, advanced glycation end products (AGE), or a combination thereof, by administering a peptide or analog of the invention.
  • the method utilizes peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method of reducing a sign or symptom associated with a condition such as diabetes, for example, a method of reducing impaired glucose tolerance, blood glucose, in particular daily average blood glucose concentration, fasting blood glucose, postprandial (after eating) blood glucose, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin (HbAlc), arginine- stimulated C-peptide, advanced glycation end products (AGE), or a combination thereof, by administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
  • the invention provides a method of reducing in a diabetic subject impaired glucose tolerance, blood glucose, fasting blood glucose, postprandial blood glucose, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin (HbAlc), arginine-stimulated C-peptide, advanced glycation end products (AGE), or a combination thereof, by administering a peptide or analog of the invention to the subject.
  • peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method of reducing in a diabetic subject impaired glucose tolerance, blood glucose, fasting blood glucose, postprandial blood glucose, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin (HbAlc), arginine- stimulated C-peptide, advanced glycation end products (AGE), or a combination thereof, by administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
  • HbAlc glycosylated hemoglobin
  • AGE advanced glycation end products
  • the peptides and analogs of the invention were particularly effective at stimulating pancreatic islet cell growth and induction of ⁇ -cell clusters (see Example V, Example VIII and Example IX).
  • Exemplary peptides and analogs of the invention exhibited improved islet neogenic effect over parent peptide (Example V, Example VIII and Example IX).
  • the invention additionally provides a method for stimulating pancreatic islet cell growth by contacting a pancreatic islet cell in vitro with a peptide or analog of the invention, whereby proliferation of the pancreatic islet cell is stimulated.
  • a peptide or analog of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method for stimulating pancreatic islet cell growth by contacting a pancreatic islet cell in vitro with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the invention provides a method of producing a population of pancreatic islet cells, comprising contacting one or more pancreatic islet cells in vitro with a peptide or analog of the invention, whereby proliferation of the one or more pancreatic islet cells is stimulated and a population of pancreatic islet cells is produced.
  • peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method of producing a population of pancreatic islet cells, comprising contacting one or more pancreatic islet cells in vitro with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the methods of the invention can be used for ex vivo islet induction, expansion and proliferation for transplantation and for increasing the survival of transplanted islets in vivo utilizing peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method for ex vivo islet induction, expansion and proliferation for transplantation and for increasing the survival of transplanted islets in vivo ameliorating using a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
  • the methods of the invention can additionally be used to preserve isolated islet cells using peptides or analogs of the invention.
  • peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method to preserve isolated islet cells using a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the invention provides methods of ex vivo islet expansion and proliferation for transplantation using the peptides or analogs of the invention by contacting islet cells in vitro, increasing the islet cell numbers and optionally using the cells for transplantation.
  • Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method of ex vivo islet expansion and proliferation for transplantation using the peptides or analogs of the invention by contacting islet cells in vitro, increasing the islet cell numbers and optionally using the cells for transplantation by contacting the cells with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the invention also provides a method of increasing the survival of transplanted islets in vivo by administering to a subject a peptide or analog of the invention, wherein the subject is the recipient of transplanted islet cells.
  • peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method of increasing the survival of transplanted islets in vivo by administering to a subject by administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the peptides or analogs of the invention can thus be used to generate cells for transplantation using in vitro and ex vivo methods as well as to increase survival of transplanted islet cells.
  • Such transplanted cells can be obtained from the in vitro methods using the peptides or analogs of the invention or from traditional transplant sources of islet cells such as cadavers.
  • the methods of the invention can further be used to treat a patient with a loss or impaired pancreatic function by administering a peptide or analog of the invention.
  • Such a loss or impairment of pancreatic function can occur, for example, from partial pancreatectomy, such as due to injury, inflammation, neoplasms, hyperinsulinemic hypoglycemia, and the like, or from conditions that affect pancreas function such as cystic fibrosis.
  • Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a patient with a loss or impaired pancreatic function by administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
  • the one or more pancreatic islet cells can be obtained from a subject.
  • the population of pancreatic islet cells produced by stimulating proliferation of the pancreatic islet cells can be used, for example, for transplantation into a subject and restoration of pancreatic islet cell function.
  • a method of the invention can further comprise the step of transplanting the population of pancreatic islet cells into a subject.
  • the one or more pancreatic cells are obtained from the subject into which the population of pancreatic islet cells is to be transplanted.
  • the pancreatic islet cells to be transplanted are obtained from a suitable donor having a compatible blood type.
  • pancreatic islet cells can be obtained from the subject or, alternatively, from a suitable donor, including islet cells harvested from a cadaver. Generally, the transplant recipient is administered
  • immunosuppressive drugs to decrease rejection of the islet cells (see, for example, immunosuppressive drugs described herein).
  • suitable immunosuppressive drugs are well known in the field of organ or cell transplantation.
  • pancreatic islet cells are stimulated to proliferate in vitro to produce a population of pancreatic islet cells
  • such a population can be transplanted into a subject using well known methods of pancreatic islet cell transplantation.
  • peptides or analogs of the invention can be used to induce differentiation of pancreatic ductal cells into islet cells, in particular beta-cells (see Yatoh et al, Diabetes 56: 1802-1809 (2007)).
  • the invention further provides a method of differentiating pancreatic ductal cells into islet cells by contacting a pancreatic ductal cell with a peptide or analog of the invention.
  • peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method of differentiating pancreatic ductal cells into islet cells by contacting a pancreatic ductal cell with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the invention further provides a method for increasing the number of pancreatic islet cells in a subject comprising administering a peptide or analog of the invention to the subject.
  • a peptide or analog of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method for increasing the number of pancreatic islet cells in a subject comprising administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • Such a method of therapeutic treatment using peptides or analogs of the invention can be used to increase pancreatic islet cells in an individual, without the need to harvest pancreatic cells from the individual or identify a suitable donor and without the need to put the subject through complex transplantation procedures and the frequently required use of immunosuppressive agents if using donor cells not obtained from the patient.
  • INGAP peptide has been shown to improve nerve function and enhance nerve regeneration in a diabetic mouse model (Tarn et al, FASEB J. 18: 1767-1769 (2004)). INGAP peptide was also shown to enhance neurite outgrowth in dorsal root ganglia neurons (Tarn et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Communic. 291 :649-654 (2002; Tarn et al, NeuroReport 17: 189-193 (2006)). As described herein, the peptides and analogs of the invention are significantly more active than the INGAP parent peptide and are expected to have a similar but more potent activity than INGAP.
  • the invention provides a method for promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration by contacting a nerve cell with a peptide or analog the invention, thereby stimulating neuroprotection and/or nerve regeneration.
  • peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method for promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration by contacting a nerve cell with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. The contacting with a nerve cell can occur in vivo or in vitro.
  • the peptide or analog of the invention is administered to a subject as with other therapeutic methods disclosed herein.
  • the neuroprotected cell can be used in an ex vivo application and the cell administered to the subject.
  • Such methods of introducing nerve cells by way of transplantation are well known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Dunnett et al, Brit. Med. Bulletin 53 :757-776 (1997)). Such transplantations have been performed to treat neurological conditions such as Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease.
  • the HIP peptide has been described as accelerating liver regeneration (Lieu et al, Hepatol. 42:618-626 (2005).
  • the peptides and analogs of the invention are significantly more active than the HIP parent peptide and are expected to have a similar but more potent activity than HIP.
  • the invention also provides a method for promoting liver regeneration by contacting a liver cell with a peptide or analog of the invention, thereby promoting liver regeneration.
  • Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method for promoting liver regeneration by contacting a liver cell with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the contacting with a liver cell can occur in vivo or in vitro.
  • the peptide or analog of the invention is administered to a subject as with other therapeutic methods disclosed herein.
  • the liver cells can be induced to proliferate, for example, to produce a population of liver cells.
  • the population of liver cells can be used in an ex vivo application and the cells administered to the subject.
  • liver cells onto the liver of a subject are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the transplanted cells can be used to reconstitute injured, or metabolically defective, liver tissue.
  • Liver cells can be infused into the portal vein or spleen from where cells migrate to the liver and take up permanence residence and perform the normal liver metabolic functions (see, for example, Khan et al, Cell Transplant. 19:409-418 (2010)).
  • the HIP protein also referred to as Pancreatitis-associated protein (PAP)
  • PAP Pancreatitis-associated protein
  • the invention further provides a method for inhibiting inflammation by administering a peptide or analog of the invention.
  • Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides a method for inhibiting inflammation by administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
  • the invention also provides the use of a peptide or analog of the invention for preparation of a medicament for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation in a subject.
  • a peptide or analog of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides use of a peptide or analog of the SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31 for preparation of a medicament for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting
  • the invention additionally provides use of a peptide or analog of the invention for preparation of a medicament for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation in a subject.
  • a peptide or analog of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides use of a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31 for preparation of a medicament for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting
  • the peptides and analogs of the invention can be used in a variety of methods. Such methods include, but not limited to, treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation. In many applications of the invention for a therapeutic application, the peptides or analogs of the invention are administered. However, it is understood that an alternative mode is to use gene therapy to express a peptide of the invention by administering a suitable gene therapy vector containing a nucleic acid encoding the peptide to a subject. Such gene therapy methods are described below in more detail and are well known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Anderson, Nature 392 (Supp.):25-30 (1998)).
  • a gene delivery vehicle refers to a molecule that can carry inserted
  • polynucleotides into a host cell examples include liposomes, micells biocompatible polymers, including natural polymers and synthetic polymers; lipoproteins; polypeptides; polysaccharides; lipopolysaccharides; artificial viral envelopes; metal particles; and bacteria, or viruses, such as baculovirus, adenovirus and retrovirus, bacteriophage, cosmid, plasmid, fungal vectors and other recombination vehicles typically used in the art which have been described for expression in a variety of eukaryotic and prokaryotic hosts, and may be used for gene therapy as well as for simple protein expression.
  • a peptide or analog of the invention can be delivered to a cell or tissue using a gene delivery vehicle.
  • Gene delivery, gene transfer, transducing, and the like as used herein, are terms referring to the introduction of an exogenous polynucleotide (sometimes referred to as a transgene) into a host cell, irrespective of the method used for the introduction.
  • Such methods include a variety of well-known techniques such as vector-mediated gene transfer (by, e.g., viral infection/transfection, or various other protein-based or lipid-based gene delivery complexes) as well as techniques facilitating the delivery of "naked" polynucleotides (such as electroporation, "gene gun” delivery and various other techniques used for the introduction of polynucleotides).
  • vector-mediated gene transfer by, e.g., viral infection/transfection, or various other protein-based or lipid-based gene delivery complexes
  • techniques facilitating the delivery of "naked" polynucleotides such as electroporation, "gene gun” delivery and various other techniques used for the introduction of polynucleotides.
  • the introduced polynucleotide can be stably or transiently maintained in the host cell.
  • Stable maintenance typically requires that the introduced polynucleotide either contains an origin of replication compatible with the host cell or integrates into a replicon of the host cell such as an extrachromosomal replicon (e.g., a plasmid) or a nuclear or mitochondrial chromosome.
  • a replicon of the host cell such as an extrachromosomal replicon (e.g., a plasmid) or a nuclear or mitochondrial chromosome.
  • a replicon of the host cell such as an extrachromosomal replicon (e.g., a plasmid) or a nuclear or mitochondrial chromosome.
  • a number of vectors are known to be capable of mediating transfer of genes to mammalian cells, as is known in the art.
  • a viral vector refers to a recombinantly produced virus or viral particle that comprises a polynucleotide to be delivered into a host cell, either in vivo, ex vivo or in vitro.
  • viral vectors include retroviral vectors, adenovirus vectors, adeno-associated virus vectors, alphavirus vectors and the like.
  • Alphavirus vectors such as Semliki Forest virus-based vectors and Sindbis virus-based vectors, have also been developed for use in gene therapy and immunotherapy (see Schlesinger and Dubensky Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 5:434- 439 (1999) and Ying, et al. Nat. Med. 5(7):823-827 (1999)).
  • a vector construct refers to the polynucleotide comprising the retroviral genome or part thereof, and a therapeutic gene.
  • retroviral mediated gene transfer or retroviral transduction carries the same meaning and refers to the process by which a gene or nucleic acid sequences are stably transferred into the host cell by virtue of the virus entering the cell and integrating its genome into the host cell genome.
  • the virus can enter the host cell via its normal mechanism of infection or be modified such that it binds to a different host cell surface receptor or ligand to enter the cell.
  • retroviral vector refers to a viral particle capable of introducing exogenous nucleic acid into a cell through a viral or viral-like entry mechanism. Retroviruses carry their genetic information in the form of RNA; however, once the virus infects a cell, the RNA is reverse-transcribed into the DNA form which integrates into the genomic DNA of the infected cell. The integrated DNA form is called a provirus.
  • a vector construct refers to the adenovirus (Ad) or adeno-associated virus (AAV).
  • Ads Adenoviruses
  • Ads are a relatively well characterized, homogenous group of viruses, including over 50 serotypes (see, for example, WO 95/27071). Ads do not require integration into the host cell genome. Recombinant Ad derived vectors, particularly those that reduce the potential for recombination and generation of wild-type virus, have also been constructed (see, for example, WO 95/00655 and WO 95/11984). Wild-type AAV has high infectivity and specificity integrating into the host cell's genome (see, for example, Hermonat and
  • Vectors that contain both a promoter and a cloning site into which a
  • polynucleotide can be operatively linked are well known in the art.
  • Such vectors are capable of transcribing RNA in vitro or in vivo, and are commercially available from sources such as Stratagene (La Jolla, CA) and Promega Biotech (Madison, WI).
  • Stratagene La Jolla, CA
  • Promega Biotech Promega Biotech
  • consensus ribosome binding sites can be inserted immediately 5' of the start codon to enhance expression.
  • Gene delivery vehicles also include DNA/liposome complexes, micelles and targeted viral protein-DNA complexes. Liposomes that also comprise a targeting antibody or fragment thereof can be used in the methods of this invention.
  • the nucleic acid or proteins of this invention can be conjugated to antibodies or binding fragments thereof which bind cell surface antigens, for example, a cell surface marker found on pancreatic islet cells.
  • the invention provides a method of introducing a peptide or analog of the invention into a subject by contacting a cell with a nucleic acid encoding a peptide or analog of the invention.
  • the contacting of a cell with the nucleic acid can occur in vitro, for ex vivo applications, or in vivo. Such methods are often referred to as gene therapy methods.
  • the cells expressing the polynucleotide can be administered to the subject.
  • Such methods permit the expression of a therapeutic protein or peptide, such as the peptides or analogs of the invention, for therapeutic applications.
  • Such therapeutic applications can be used for treating various diseases and conditions, including but not limited to treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation, as disclosed herein.
  • Chain elongation reaction was performed followed by Fmoc deprotection in 20% piperidine in DMF.
  • the Fmoc protecting groups were removed from the N terminus of the peptides by 25% piperidine in DMF followed by washing with DMF for four times.
  • TF A trifluoroacetic acid
  • a solution of 20% acetic anhydride dissolved in DMF was added at a ratio of 7 mL/g resin, reacted for 30 mins, followed by 4 times washes with DMF and DCM. Following washing for four times with DMF and DCM, the resin was dried under vacuum.
  • the prepared peptides were cleaved from the resin using standard TFA cleavage procedures in TFA with 5% H 2 0 followed by multiple ether extractions. All synthetic peptides were purified to >95% by reverse-phase high-pressure liquid chromatography performed with a liquid chromatograph. Peptides were analyzed by mass spectrometry to confirm the identity and purity.
  • the peptides and analogs can also be produced using other well known methods, including manufacturing the peptides using a method of peptide synthesis or expressing nucleic acids that code for the desired peptides or peptide analogs.
  • the analogs include one or more non-standard amino acids, it is more likely that they will be produced by a chemical synthetic method.
  • the peptides include only one or more substitutions with standard amino acids, the peptides can be expressed from an expression vector using well known expression methods.
  • This example describes the effect of peptides and analogs on pancreatic cell growth.
  • a bromodeoxyuridine (BrdU) ELISA assay was performed. Briefly, ARIP cells (ATCC (American Type Culture Collection), Manassas VA USA), a rat pancreatic ductal cell line, were cultured in F-12K medium (Gibco-BRL, Gaithersburg, MD, USA) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; HyClone, Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc.; Waltham MA USA), 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin and 100 ⁇ g/ml penicillin in a cell incubator.
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • ARIP cells were seeded into 96-well culture plates at 8000 or 0 (as blank control) cells/well in a volume of 50 ⁇ cell culture medium and incubated overnight for the following experiments. On the second day, after replacing the medium with medium without serum, 50 ⁇ serum-free cell culture medium containing test peptides at a series
  • concentrations were 10 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ , 1 ⁇ , 500 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 10 nM and InM.
  • Medium without compound was added to negative control and background control wells. The medium was replaced at 24 h and 48 h respectively with fresh medium.
  • the medium was supplemented with 10 ⁇ bromodeoxyuridine (BrdU) labeling solution (except the background control wells) from a BrdU cell proliferation ELISA kit (Roche Applied Science; Indianapolis IN USA), and incubated for an additional 3 hours.
  • labeling medium was removed, and 200 ⁇ /well of FixDenat solution was added.
  • ARIP cells ATCC, cat# CRL-1674 were cultured in F-12K medium (Gibco-BRL) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; HyClone), 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin and 100 ⁇ g/ml penicillin in a cell incubator.
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • ARIP cells were seeded into 96- well culture plates at 8000 and 0 (as blank control) cells/well in the volume of 50 ⁇ cell culture medium and incubated overnight for the following experiments.
  • Figure 1 shows the comparison of ARIP cell proliferation in the presence of 100 nM of INGAP Scrambled PP 1 (Peptide 3), INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), and Peptide 7 (peptides shown in Table 2).
  • Figure 1 shows that there was an increase in cell number at a peptide concentration of 100 nM.
  • Peptide 7 showed a significantly higher percentage increase in cell number compared to the INGAP scrambled peptide, a negative control, and INGAP-PP peptide.
  • Figure 2 shows the stability of compounds in culture medium.
  • Figure 2 shows a stability comparison in culture medium of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 7 and Peptide 8 (see Table 2).
  • peptide analogs Peptide 7 and Peptide 8 were significantly more stable than INGAP-PP peptide in culture medium.
  • peptides and eucatropine powder were accurately weighed.
  • Test compounds were dissolved in 50% methanol-water solution and diluted to 20 mg/mL, and eucatropine was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and diluted to 10 mM, as a stock solution.
  • Eucatropine stock solution was diluted to 0.2 mM with DMSO as a working solution.
  • a stop reagent was prepared containing 200 ng/mL midazolam and tolbutamide in acetonitrile. A volume of 300 ⁇ . of stop solution was added to each well of a 96-well deep-well plate placed on ice beforehand.
  • Figure 3 shows stability of compounds in mouse plasma.
  • Figure 3 shows a stability comparison in mouse plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 29 (see Table 2).
  • INGAP-PP Peptide 1
  • Peptide 16 and Peptide 29 selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 29 (see Table 2).
  • peptide analogs Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 29 exhibited good stability in mouse plasma and were more stable than INGAP-PP (Peptide 1).
  • FIG. 5 shows stability of compounds in mouse plasma.
  • Figure 5 shows a stability comparison in mouse plasma of HIP (Peptide 2) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 52 and Peptide 54 (see Table 3).
  • peptide analogs Peptide 52 and Peptide 54 exhibited good stability in mouse plasma and were significantly more stable than HIP (Peptide 2).
  • Figure 4 shows the stability of compounds in human plasma.
  • Figure 4 shows a stability comparison in human plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 (see Table 2).
  • peptide analogs Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 exhibited good stability in human plasma and were significantly more stable than INGAP-PP (Peptide 1).
  • This example describes an in vivo efficacy study using a streptozotocin (STZ) induced diabetic mice model.
  • mice After acclimatization in the animal facility for one week, 6-8 weeks old C57BL/6J mice were administered low dose STZ at 40 mg/kg in citrate buffer for 5 consecutive days to establish a T1D animal model. Mice with blood glucose greater than 16.7 mmol/L at 5 days post last STZ injection were included in the study. These mice were then treated with INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) or Peptide 7 at the doses of 5 mg/kg (2.5 mg/kg, bid (twice a day)) or 25 mg/kg (12.5 mg/kg, bid) for 20 days before sacrifices.
  • INGAP-PP Peptide 1
  • Peptide 7 25 mg/kg (12.5 mg/kg, bid
  • mice Two additional groups of diabetic mice were administered either saline or a peptide (Peptide 3) composed of a scrambled sequence of amino acids from Peptide 1 as control groups.
  • Blood glucose and insulin levels were measured, and 20 days post the last dosing of test agents, an oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) was performed in 6 hour fasted animals to determine the effect of Peptide 1 and Peptide 7.
  • Plasma samples obtained from the tail cut for glucose determination were detected with an ACCU-CHEKTM glucometer (Roche, ACCU-CHEK® Active), and insulin levels were determined with Rat/Mouse Insulin Elisa kit (Millipore, Billerica, MA USA).
  • mice received an oral glucose challenge at 2 g/kg and glucose values were determined by glucometer at 0, 15, 30, 60, 90 and 120 min.
  • Figure 6 shows the efficacy comparison of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), INGAP Scrambled PP 1 (Peptide 3) and Peptide 7 in STZ induced diabetic mice model.
  • Figure 6A shows the blood glucose (BG, mM) on day 21 of treatment.
  • Figure 6B shows the fasting insulin levels (ng/ml) on day 21 of treatment.
  • Figure 6C shows the area under curve (AUC) of glucose (To ⁇ i20min) measured in an oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) on day 21 of treatment.
  • This example describes the effects of peptides on the induction of small ⁇ -cell clusters in normal C57BL/6J mice.
  • mice were randomly divided into 4 groups.
  • Body weight and 6 hour fasting blood glucose were measured before treatment and after the last dosing of treatment. Plasma and pancreatic insulin were also measured at the end of the study. On day 11, the pancreas was removed from each animal, cleared of fat and lymph nodes, weighed, and fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin ( BF) for no longer than 24 hours before processing for morphometric analysis.
  • BF neutral buffered formalin
  • pancreatic islet size distribution shows pancreatic islet size distribution in female C57BL/6J mice at 10 days of peptide treatment.
  • islet size expressed as Log [ ⁇ 2 ]
  • islet size ranging from 4.9 to 2.3
  • the numbers increased significantly in the mice treated with Peptide 7 (p ⁇ 0.05 or 0.01 versus the naive/control group)( Figure 7).
  • the increase in the Peptide 1 treated mice was only observed in islet size of 2.1 (p ⁇ 0.05 versus the naive/control group).
  • This example describes the effect of peptides on glucose-stimulated insulin secretion (GSIS).
  • pancreases were procured from male adult Sprague-Dawley (SD) rats. After 7 days acclimation, the animals were sacrificed by cervical dislocation and the entire pancreas was removed and digested with collagenase to isolate islets.
  • islets were maintained at 37 °C in RPMI 1640 (Carlsbad CA, USA) pH 7.4, containing 10% (v/v) fetal calf serum, 1% penicillin/streptomycin, and 10 mM glucose in a humid atmosphere (5% C0 2 /95% 0 2 ), without the addition of any compound (control), or with the addition of 100 nM glucagon like peptide-1 (GLP-1); or 10 ⁇ g/mL Peptide 1, Peptide 12, or Peptide 16, as summarized in Table 4 below. Table 4. Parameters for Various Groups Tested for Glucose-stimulated Insulin Secretion (GSIS)
  • Cultured islets were rinsed in Krebs-Ringer bicarbonate buffer (KRB), pH 7.4, previously gassed with a mixture of C0 2 /0 2 (5/95%), and pre-incubated in 1.0 ml of KRB containing 0.5% (w/v) BSA and 1.5 mM glucose at 37 °C for 45 min. After this period, groups of 5 islets were incubated in 0.6 ml KRB with the addition of 1.5 or 12.0 mM glucose, with or without the addition of peptides for 60 min. At the end of the incubation period, aliquots of the medium were collected for insulin quantitation.
  • KRB Krebs-Ringer bicarbonate buffer
  • Figure 8 shows the increase of glucose-stimulated insulin secretion of islets with or without the co-incubation of selected peptides (10 ⁇ g/mL), Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 1.
  • Co-incubation with lOOnM Glucagon like peptide - 1 (GLP-1) was included as a positive control.
  • GLP-1 lOOnM Glucagon like peptide - 1
  • pancreatic islets cultured with peptides GLP-1, Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 released significantly more insulin than those cultured without the addition of peptides.
  • INGAP-PP analogs Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 showed 2-3 fold higher stimulation of insulin secretion than GLP-1.
  • no stimulation was observed with the addition of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) ( Figure 8).
  • This example describes in vivo pharmacokinetic (PK) properties of peptides in rat and mouse.
  • Blood samples (approximately 400 ⁇ ) were collected and placed into tubes containing EDTA-K2 and centrifuged at 8000 rpm for 6 minutes at 4°C to separate plasma from the samples. The resulting plasma was stored frozen at -80°C until being analyzed.
  • Plasma concentrations of peptides were determined using tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) analysis.
  • LC-MS/MS tandem mass spectrometry
  • PK parameters Selected PK parameters are presented in Table 5 below.
  • the abbreviation AUQo-t) represents area under the curve from the time of dosing to the time of the last observation
  • the AUC ( o- ⁇ ) represents area under the curve from the time of dosing to infinity
  • the C max represents maximum concentration detected. Table 5.
  • This example describes the effects of peptides on the induction of extra islet insulin positive ⁇ cell clusters in normal C57BL/6J mice.
  • the control group received lOmL/kg sterile normal saline via subcutaneous injection for 10 consecutive days.
  • the other five groups received INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) or INGAP-PP analogs Peptide 12, Peptide 16, Peptide 29 or Peptide 31 at a dose of 50 mg/kg or 5mg/kg per day, respectively, for the same period.
  • the pancreas was removed from each animal, cleared of fat and lymph nodes, weighed, and fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin (NBF) for no longer than 24 hours before processing for morphometric analysis.
  • NBF neutral buffered formalin
  • Figure 9C shows representative ductal associated EIC in pancreas after administration of INGAP-PP peptide or INGAP-PP analog.
  • the INGAP-PP or INGAP-PP analog treated groups exhibited a significant increase in the EIC number and EIC area compared with saline treated group. Noteworthy is that the EIC number and area in Peptide 31 (5mg/kg) treated group are statistically greater than that of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) (50mg/kg) treated group (p ⁇ 0.05).
  • This example describes the islet neogenesis effects of peptides reflected by pancreatic islet size distribution in normal C57BL/6J mice.
  • mice treated with INGAP-PP or INGAP- PP analogs for 10 days showed a shift towards to small islet size showed in Figure 10.
  • This example describes in vivo pharmacokinetic (PK) properties of peptides after a single subcutaneous (sc) administration to SD rat.
  • Plasma concentrations of peptides were determined using tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) analysis.
  • LC-MS/MS tandem mass spectrometry
  • AUQo-t represents area under the curve from the time of dosing to the time of the last observation
  • AUC (0- ⁇ ) represents area under the curve from the time of dosing to infinity
  • the C max represents maximum concentration detected.
  • Peptide 1 Male 25 294.13 ⁇ 124.80 297.86 ⁇ 122.41 1188.86 ⁇ 609.56
  • Peptide 12 Male 25 11063.21 ⁇ 1366.62 11160.28 ⁇ 1211.17 21363.99 ⁇ 1354.43
  • Peptide 16 Male 25 11177.17 ⁇ 1884.33 11179.40 ⁇ 1883.66 22055.34 ⁇ 5872.06
  • Peptide 29 Male 25 14432.93 ⁇ 1005.09 14435.76 ⁇ 1003.61 16285.43 ⁇ 2522.07
  • PK pharmacokinetic
  • Blood samples (approximately 400 ⁇ ) were collected and placed into tubes containing EDTA-K2 and centrifuged at 8000 rpm for 6 minutes at 4°C to separate plasma from the samples. After blood extraction and animal sacrifice, the pancreas was removed immediately from each animal, cleared of fat and lymph nodes, weighed, and placed into 5 fold volume of ice cold sterile normal saline with protease inhibitor cocktail (Merck Millipore, catalogue # 539137) to homogenize with a homogenizer.
  • protease inhibitor cocktail Merck Millipore, catalogue # 539137
  • Figure 11 shows a stability comparison in culture medium of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12 and Peptide 16.
  • peptide analogs Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 were significantly more stable than INGAP-PP peptide in culture medium.
  • Slope was calculated by plotting the natural logarithm of the percentage of remaining amount of test compounds and time, and T 2 was calculated in accordance with the following formula.
  • Figure 12 shows stability of compounds in rat plasma.
  • Figure 12 shows a stability comparison in rat plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12, Peptide 16, Peptide 29 and Peptide 31.
  • INGAP-PP Peptide 1
  • Peptide 16 Peptide 29 and Peptide 31.
  • peptide analogs Peptide 12, Peptide 16, Peptide 29 and Peptide 31 exhibited good stability in rat plasma and were more stable than INGAP-PP (Peptide 1).
  • Figure 13 shows stability of compounds in rat plasma.
  • Figure 13 shows a stability comparison in rat plasma of HIP (Peptide 2) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 52 and Peptide 62.
  • peptide analogs Peptide 52 and Peptide 62 exhibited good stability in rat plasma and were significantly more stable than HIP (Peptide 2).
  • Figure 14 shows stability of compounds in mouse plasma.
  • Figure 14 shows a stability comparison in mouse plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and Peptide 31.
  • Peptide 31 exhibited good stability in mouse plasma and was more stable than INGAP-PP (Peptide 1).
  • Figure 15 shows the stability of compounds in human plasma.
  • Figure 15 shows a stability comparison in human plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 29 and Peptide 31.
  • peptide analogs Peptide 29 and Peptide 31 exhibited good stability in human plasma and were significantly more stable than INGAP-PP (Peptide 1).
  • Peptide 1 Peptide 12, Peptide 16, Peptide 29 or Peptide 31 was dissolved in isotonic buffers with pH ranging from 4.0 to 8.0. Similar to Peptide 1, Peptide 16 and Peptide 31 were found to be more stable in buffers with pH from 4.0 to 6.0, whereas Peptide 12 and Peptide 29 were more stable in buffers with pH from 6.0 to 8.0.
  • Peptide 16 and Peptide 31 were stable in an isotonic acetate buffer (pH 5.0) for up to 90 days at 4 °C, and less than 7 days at 25°C.
  • Peptide 12 and Peptide 29 were stable in an isotonic phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) for more than 90 days at 4°C (there was no sign of degradation at 90 days sample check point), and 60 days at 25°C.
  • This example describes the usage of various biocompatible and biodegradable materials to develop sustained release systems of INGAP-PP and analogs for clinical applications of INGAP-PP and analogs.
  • Biocompatible polymer containing poly (ethylene glycol) (PEG) segment at a concentration of 0.5% w/w to 20% w/w of the final weight of the composition, a- cyclodextrin at a concentration of 5% w/w to 15% w/w of the final weight of the composition PEG segment at a concentration of 0.5% w/w to 20% w/w of the final weight of the composition, a- cyclodextrin at a concentration of 5% w/w to 15% w/w of the final weight of the
  • composition INGAP-PP and/or its analogs at a concentration of 0.1% w/w to 20% w/w of the final weight of the composition and phosphate buffer saline (PBS) was evaluated.
  • PBS phosphate buffer saline
  • Biocompatible polymer containing PEG segment for example, Pluronic F127, Pluronic F38, Pluronic F68, Pluronic F87, Pluronic F108, Jeffamine ED-2003, and analogue can also be incorporated to form the supramolecular hydrogel system.
  • the PEG, biocompatible polymer containing PEG segment, and a-cyclodextrin can be dissolved either alone or in a premixed form, INGAP-PP and/or its analogs can be dispersed directly in PBS, then mixed with PEG mixture. The mixed solution is then sonicated to form a hydrogel.
  • Figure 16 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of hydrogel containing Pluronic F127.
  • Figure 17 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of hydrogel containing Jeffamine ED-2003.
  • a sustained release system with the composition of sucrose acetate isobutyrate (SAIB), INGAP-PP and/or its analogs, and a solvent was also evaluated.
  • Useful formulations comprise SAIB at a concentration of 45% w/w to 85% w/w of the final weight of the composition, INGAP-PP and/or its analogs at a concentration of 0.1% w/w to 20% w/w of the final weight of the composition, and the rest is a solvent.
  • the solvent can be selected from ethanol, acetone, ethyl acetate, or any other solvents that can dissolve SAIB.
  • Figure 18 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of SABER gel system.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Marine Sciences & Fisheries (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides peptides and analogs of INGAP and HIP peptides. The peptides and analogs can be used in methods for treating various diseases and conditions. Such diseases and conditions can include impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, for example, diabetes, both type 1 and type 2 diabetes, islets induction, expansion and proliferation for transplantation, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation.

Description

COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USING ISLET NEOGENESIS PEPTIDES
AND ANALOGS THEREOF
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0001] The present invention relates generally to the field of medicine and
pharmaceuticals, and more specifically to peptide therapies for treating diabetes and other diseases.
[0002] Diabetes mellitus (DM) afflicts over 300 million people worldwide. There are two main types of DM: type 1 DM (T1D) and type 2 DM (T2D). T1D results from the body's failure to produce insulin, and requires the patient to administer insulin daily. T2D results from insulin resistance, a condition in which cells fail to use insulin properly. There are many approved non-insulin therapies for T2D. However, there is a large portion of late stage T2D patients requiring insulin administration due to the loss of β-cell function as the disease progresses.
[0003] Development of diabetes is associated with substantial losses in pancreatic islet mass. At the time of diagnosis, over 90% of islet mass has been lost in T1D patients, and approximately 50% has been lost in T2D patients. Many attempts have been made in quest of a potential stimulus for islet neogenesis, which is considered as the optimal treatment for both T ID and T2D.
[0004] Recently, investigators have shown that islet neogenesis-associated protein (INGAP) from hamster, human prolslet peptide (HIP), glucagon like peptide- 1 (GLP-1), islet endocrine neuropeptide vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP), epidermal growth factor and gastrin, and others, are capable of inducing pancreatic progenitor cells, located in the nonendocrine fraction of the pancreas, to differentiate into fully functional islets in various animal models. Among these compounds, INGAP peptide (INGAP -PP), a 15-mer peptide derived from the sequence of INGAP at amino acids 104-118, has been shown to induce islet neogenesis in multiple animal models, reverse streptozotocin (STZ) induced diabetes in mice, increase C-peptide secretion in T1D patients, and improve glycemic control in T2D patients. Additional biological effects of INGAP -PP have been reported, including dose dependent stimulation of expansion of β-cell mass, β-cell replication, reduced β-cell apoptosis, and increased insulin secretion. In human studies, there was an effect with an improvement of glucose homeostasis, confirmed by HbAlc reduction at 90 days in patients with T2D, and by a significant increase in C-peptide secretion in patients with T1D. However, the short plasma half-life of INGAP-PP and the need for administration in a high dose have significantly limited clinical applications of this peptide.
[0005] HIP, the bioactive peptide encoded by a portion of the human regenerating islet- derived 3 alpha (REG3 A) gene, is the human homolog of the INGAP peptide. Previous studies have shown that treatment of human pancreatic ductal tissues with HIP stimulated the production of insulin. Administration of HIP improved glycemic control and increased islet number in diabetic mice. The stabilized form of HIP has been tested in a single ascending dose clinical trial with the goal of exploring the tolerability, safety and pharmacokinetics. Like INGAP-PP, high dose is requied of HIP, thus significantly limit clinical applications of the parent HIP peptide.
[0006] Thus, there exists a need to develop additional drugs for treatment of diabetes or other diseases associated with impaired pancreatic function. The present invention addresses this need, and provides related advantages as well.
SUMMARY OF INVENTION
[0007] The invention provides peptides and analogs of INGAP and HIP peptides. The peptides and analogs can be used for treating various disease and conditions associated with impaired pancreatic function, treating metabolic diseases including diabetes, both type 1 and type 2 diabetes, prediabetes, and metabolic syndrome. The peptides and analogs can also be used for induction of islets, expansion and proliferation for transplantation, promoting neuroprotection, promoting nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration, and inhibiting inflammation.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0008] Figure 1 shows the comparison of ARIP cell (a rat pancreatic ductal cell line) proliferation in the presence of 100 nM of INGAP Scrambled PP 1 (Peptide 3), INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), and a selected peptide analog, Peptide 7 (see Table 2).
[0009] Figure 2 shows a stability comparison in culture medium of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 7 and Peptide 8 (see Table 2). [0010] Figure 3 shows a stability comparison in mouse plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 29 (see Table 2).
[0011] Figure 4 shows a stability comparison in human plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 (see Table 2).
[0012] Figure 5 shows a stability comparison in mouse plasma of HIP (Peptide 2) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 52 and Peptide 54 (see Table 3).
[0013] Figures 6A-6C show the efficacy comparison of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), INGAP Scrambled PP 1 (Peptide 3) and a selected peptide analog, Peptide 7 (see Table 2) in STZ induced diabetic mice model. Figure 6 A: Blood glucose (BG) after 21 day treatment; Figure 6B: Fasting insulin levels after 21 day treatment; Figure 6C: Area under curve (AUC) of glucose measured in oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) after 21 day treatment.
[0014] Figure 7 shows the number of islets defined by area ranges (arbitrary
morphometric units) for equal randomly selected fields (n>7) for animals treated with naive and Peptide 3, Peptide 1 or Peptide 7.
[0015] Figure 8 shows the increase of glucose- stimulated insulin secretion of islets with or without the co-incubation of selected peptides (10 μg/mL), Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 1 (see Table 2). Co-incubation with ΙΟΟηΜ Glucagon like peptide - 1 (GLP-1) was included as a positive control.
[0016] Figures 9 A-9C show the biological effect of administering INGAP-PP or INGAP- PP analogs. Figure 9A shows the number of extra islet cluster (EIC) in female C57BL/6J mice after 10 days of treatment. Figure 9B shows the total area of EIC in female C57BL/6J mice after 10 days of treatment. Figure 9C shows representative ductal associated EIC in pancreas after administration of INGAP-PP peptide or INGAP-PP analog.
[0017] Figure 10 shows the effect of INGAP-PP peptide and INGAP-PP analogs on islet neogenesis as reflected by pancreatic islet size distribution.
Figure 11 shows the stability of INGAP-PP and INGAP-PP analogs in culture
[0019] Figure 12 shows the stability of INGAP-PP and INGAP-PP analogs in rat plasma. [0020] Figure 13 shows the stability of HIP and HIP analogs in rat plasma.
[0021] Figure 14 shows the stability of INGAP-PP and INGAP-PP analog in mouse plasma.
[0022] Figure 15 shows the stability of INGAP-PP and INGAP-PP analogs in human plasma.
[0023] Figure 16 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of hydrogel containing Pluronic F127.
[0024] Figure 17 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of hydrogel containing Jeffamine ED-2003.
[0025] Figure 18 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of SABER gel system.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0026] The present invention provides compounds, in particular peptide and peptide analogs, that exhibit properties useful for treating a variety of diseases and conditions, particularly diseases and conditions relating to diabetes. The peptides and analogs of the invention are additionally useful for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating metabolic diseases, ex vivo islet induction, expansion and proliferation for transplantation, increasing the survival of transplanted islets in vivo, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration, and inhibiting inflammation.
[0027] As disclosed herein, the present invention provides a series of INGAP-PP and HIP analogs with comparable or improved stability and activities compared to the wild-type peptides (see Tables 2 and 3). The improved pharmaceutical properties of these peptide analogs make them particularly suitable for clinical development. The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound according to the present invention and the use of compounds according to the present invention for preparing medicaments for treating metabolic diseases, including but not limited to type 1 diabetes (TID) and type 2 diabetes (T2D). The invention further provides the compositions of the invention in suitable formulations, including sustained release formulations. [0028] As described previously, a hamster protein was identified that promoted pancreatic islet neogenesis and was termed islet neogenesis associated protein (INGAP) (see U.S. Patent No. 5,834,590). A pentadecapeptide fragment of INGAP, referred to herein as INGAP -PP, has been described and shown to reverse diabetes in a mouse model (Rosenberg et al, Ann. Surg. 240:875-884 (2004); US publication 2006/0009516; see also US publication 2008/0171704; Kapur et al, Islets 4: 1-9 (2012); Chang et al, Mol. Cell. Endocrinol. 335: 104- 109 (2011); Borelli et al, Regulatory Peptides 131 :97-102 (2005); Dungan et al,
Diabetes/Metabolism Res. Rev. 25:558-565 (2009); Zha et al, J. Endocrinol. Invest. 35:634- 639 (2012); Wang et al, J. Cell. Physiol. 224:501-508 (2010); Petropavlovskaia et al, J. Endocrinol. 191 :65-81 (2006); Taylor-Fishwick et al, Pancreas 39:64-70 (2010); Rosenberg, Diabetologia 39:256-262 (1996); Madrid et al, Regulatory Peptides 157:25-31 (2009); and Taylor-Fishwick et al, J. Endocrinol. 190:729-737 (2006)). A human peptide, termed human prolslet peptide (HIP) has also been described (Levetan et al, Endocrin. Pract. 14: 1075-1083 (2008); US publication 2011/0280833). The present invention provides analogs of INGAP - PP and HIP peptides, including but not limited to those listed in Tables 2 and 3 or others disclosed herein, including the formulas disclosed herein, that are not parent INGAP -PP or HIP peptides. The peptides and analogs of the inventioin exhibit unexpected and beneficial properties over the parent INGAP -PP or HIP peptides.
[0029] As used herein, the term "peptide" refers to a polymer of two or more amino acids. The peptide can be modified to include analogs, derivatives, functional mimetics, pseudopeptides, and the like, so long as the peptide comprises a polymer of at least two amino acids. The meaning of the term "peptide" is well known to those skilled in the art. In general, a peptide includes two or more amino acids joined by an amide bond between the carboxyl group of one amino acid residue and the amino group of the adjacent amino acid residue. As described herein, a peptide can comprise naturally occurring amino acids or non- naturally occurring amino acids.
[0030] As used herein, the term "analog" refers to a variant of a parent molecule, for example, a parent peptide. For example, an analog of a parent peptide can include a variant, where one or more amino acids are substituted relative to the parent peptide. An analog can also include a modification of a parent peptide, including but not limited to, non-naturally occurring amino acids, D amino acids, modified amino- and/or carboxy-terminal (N- or C- terminal) amino acids, in particular modifications of the amino group on the N-terminus and/or modification of the carboxyl group in the C-terminus, fatty acid modifications, esterification, peptidomimetics, pseudopeptides, and the like, as disclosed herein. Exemplary modifications are described in more details below.
[0031] As used herein, the phrase "impaired pancreatic function" refers to a disease or condition associated with the pancreas, where the pancreas exhibits a decreased function compared to that of a normal or healthy individual. Exemplary diseases or conditions associated with impaired pancreatic function include, but are not limited to, type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, latent autoimmune diabetes in adults (LAD A), impaired fasting glucose, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, partial pancreatomy due to injury or inflammation, or a combination thereof. Such diseases and conditions are discussed in more details below.
[0032] As described herein, the invention provides peptide analogs of INGAP-PP and HIP peptides. Table 1 shows the sequence of INGAP-PP and HIP peptides, as well as various scrambled versions of the peptides that are used as negative controls in experiments described herein or can be used as negative controls in comparative studies with INGAP-PP, HIP or the peptides analogs of the invention.
Table 1. INGAP-PP and HIP Peptides and Control Scrambled Peptides.
Figure imgf000007_0002
[0033] As described herein, various analogs of INGAP-PP are provided as peptides or analogs of the invention. Exemplary INGAP-PP peptide analogs of the invention are provided in Table 2.
Table 2. Exemplary INGAP-PP Analogs.
Figure imgf000007_0001
H-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH
H-IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS-OH
H-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSK-OH
H-IGLHDPSHGTLP(Aib)GS-OH
H-IGLHDPSHGTLP(N-methyl-L-Alanine)GS-OH
Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH
H-(D-Isoleucine)GLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH
H-(L-NorValine)GLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH
H-(L-NorLeucine)GLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH
Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGS-OH
H-(D-Isoleucine)GLHDPSHGTLPNGS-OH
H-IGLHDPSHGTEPNGS-OH
H-IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS-OH
H-IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS-OH
H-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE-OH
H-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGK-OH
H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGK-OH
H-IGLHDPSHGTEPAGS-OH
H-IGLHDPSQGTLPAGS-OH
H-IGLHDPTHGTLPAGS-OH
H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGE-OH
H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AG- H2
Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS- H2
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AG- H2
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS - H2
H-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS - H2
H-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-OH
Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-OH
H-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC- H2
Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC- H2
H-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-OH
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-OH
H-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC- H2
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC- H2
H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS - H2
H-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC-OH
Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC-OH
H-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC- H2
Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC- H2
H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-OH
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-OH
H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC- H2
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC- H2
IGLHDP SHGTLP AG
IGLHDP SHGTLPNG
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG
IGLHDP SHGTLPNG- H2
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG- H2 78 H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQGS-OH
79 H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDGS-OH
80 H-IGLHDPSHGTLPEGS-OH
81 H-IGLHEPSHGTLPNGS-OH
82 H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGS-OH
83 H-IGLHNPSHGTLPNGS-OH
84 H-IGLHEPSHGTLPAGS-OH
85 H-IGLHQPSHGTLPAGS-OH
86 H-IGLHNPSHGTLPAGS-OH
87 H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQGSC-OH
88 H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDGSC-OH
89 H-IGLHDPSHGTLPEGSC-OH
90 H-IGLHEPSHGTLPNGSC-OH
91 H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGSC-OH
92 H-IGLHNPSHGTLPNGSC-OH
93 H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQG-OH
94 H-IGLHDP SHGTLPDG-OH
95 H-IGLHDP SHGTLPEG-OH
96 H-IGLHEP SHGTLPNG-OH
97 H-IGLHQP SHGTLPNG-OH
98 H-IGLHNP SHGTLPNG-OH
99 H-IGLHEP SHGTLP AG-OH
100 H-IGLHQP SHGTLP AG-OH
101 H-IGLHNPSHGTLP AG-OH
102 H-IGLHDP SHGTLPQGE-OH
103 H-IGLHDP SHGTLPDGE-OH
104 H-IGLHDP SHGTLPEGE-OH
105 H-IGLHEP SHGTLPNGE-OH
106 H-IGLHQP SHGTLPNGE-OH
107 H-IGLHNP SHGTLPNGE-OH
108 H-IGLHEP SHGTLP AGE-OH
109 H-IGLHQP SHGTLP AGE-OH
110 H-IGLHNPSHGTLP AGE-OH
[0034] As described herein, various analogs of HIP are provided as peptides or analogs of the invention. Exemplary HIP peptide analogs of the invention are provided in Table 3.
Table 3. Exemplary HIP Analogs.
Figure imgf000009_0001
54 Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-OH
55 H-(D-Isoleucine)GLHDPTQGTEPNGE-OH
56 H-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS-OH
57 H-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS-OH
58 H-IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE-OH
59 H-IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE-OH
60 Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAG-NH2
61 Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2
62 Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-NH2
63 H-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2
64 H-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC-OH
65 Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC-OH
66 H-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC-NH2
67 Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC-NH2
68 H-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-NH2
69 H-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-OH
70 Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-OH
71 H-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-NH2
72 Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-NH2
[0035] The invention provides peptides or analogs thereof that are analogs of INGAP-PP. In one embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO:7); and
IGLHDPSHGTLPAG (SEQ ID NO:73). For example, the peptide or analog can comprise a peptide or analog selected from: IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO:7);
IGLHDPSHGTLPAG (SEQ ID NO:73); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGSK (SEQ ID NO:9);
IGLHDPSHGTLP(Aib)GS (SEQ ID NO: 10); IGLHDP SHGTLP(N-methyl-L-Ala)GS (SEQ ID NO: 11); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 12); (D-Ile)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 13); (L-NorVal)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 14); (L- NorLeu)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 15); IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:28); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:29); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:30); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:41); IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC (SEQ ID NO:42); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS C (SEQ ID NO:43); IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC- NH2 (SEQ ID NO:44); Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:45);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC (SEQ ID NO:46); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC (SEQ ID NO:47); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:48); and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:49). [0036] In a particular embodiment of the invention, the peptide or analog thereof can consist of: IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:7); IGLHDPSHGTLPAG (SEQ ID NO:73); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGSK (SEQ ID NO:9); IGLHDPSHGTLP(Aib)GS (SEQ ID NO: 10); IGLHDPSHGTLP(N-methyl-L-Ala)GS (SEQ ID NO: 11); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 12); (D-Ile)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 13); (L-
NorVal)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 14); (L-NorLeu)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 15); IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:28); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:29); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:30); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS - NH2 (SEQ ID NO:41); IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC (SEQ ID NO:42); Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS C (SEQ ID NO:43); IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:44); AC-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:45); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC (SEQ ID NO:46); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC (SEQ ID NO:47); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:48); or Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:49).
[0037] In another embodiment of the invention, additional INGAP-PP analogs are provided. An embodiment of the invention provided herein includes a peptide or analog thereof comprising a peptide or analog selected from the group consisting of: Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 16); (D-Ile)GLHDPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 17); Ac-IGLHD PSHGT LPNGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:31); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:32); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:33); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:34); IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:35); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:36); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:37); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:38); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:39); Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:40); IGLHDP SHGTLPNG (SEQ ID NO:74); Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLPNG (SEQ ID NO:75); IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:76); Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:77); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:78); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:79); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPEGS -OH (SEQ ID NO:80); H-IGLHEPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:81); H- IGLHQPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:82); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:83); H-IGLHEPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:84); H-IGLHQP SHGTLP AGS -OH (SEQ ID NO:85); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:86); H- IGLHDPSHGTLPQGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:87); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:88); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPEGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:89); H-IGLHEPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:90); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:91); H- IGLHNPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:92); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQG-OH (SEQ ID
NO:93); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDG-OH (SEQ ID NO:94); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPEG-OH (SEQ
ID NO:95); H-IGLHEP SHGTLPNG-OH (SEQ ID NO:96); H-IGLHQP SHGTLPNG-OH
(SEQ ID NO:97); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPNG-OH (SEQ ID NO:98); H-IGLHEP SHGTLP AG-
OH (SEQ ID NO:99); H-IGLHQP SHGTLPAG-OH (SEQ ID NO: 100); H-
IGLHNP SHGTLP AG-OH (SEQ ID NO: 101); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQGE-OH (SEQ ID
NO: 102); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPDGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 103); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPEGE-OH
(SEQ ID NO: 104); H-IGLHEP SHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 105); H-
IGLHQP SHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 106); H-IGLHNP SHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID
NO: 107); H-IGLHEP SHGTLP AGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 108); H-IGLHQP SHGTLP AGE-OH
(SEQ ID NO: 109); and H-IGLHNP SHGTLP AGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 110).
[0038] In a particular embodiment of the invention, the peptide or analog thereof consists of: Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 16); (D-Ile)GLHDP SHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 17); Ac-IGLHD PSHGT LPNGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:31); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:32); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:33); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:34); IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:35); Ac- IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:36); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:37); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:38); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:39); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:40); IGLHDPSHGTLPNG (SEQ ID NO:74); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG (SEQ ID NO:75); IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:76); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:77); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPQGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:78); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:79); H- IGLHDPSHGTLPEGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:80); H-IGLHEPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:81); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:82); H-IGLHNP SHGTLPNGS -OH (SEQ ID NO:83); H-IGLHEPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:84); H- IGLHQPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:85); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:86); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:87); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:88); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPEGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:89); H- IGLHEPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:90); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:91); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:92); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQG-OH (SEQ ID NO:93); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDG-OH (SEQ ID NO:94); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPEG- OH (SEQ ID NO:95); H-IGLHEP SHGTLPNG-OH (SEQ ID NO:96); H- IGLHQP SHGTLPNG-OH (SEQ ID NO:97); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPNG-OH (SEQ ID NO:98); H-IGLHEP SHGTLP AG-OH (SEQ ID NO:99); H-IGLHQP SHGTLP AG-OH (SEQ ID
NO: 100); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPAG-OH (SEQ ID NO: 101); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQGE-OH
(SEQ ID NO: 102); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPDGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 103); H-
IGLHDP SHGTLPEGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 104); H-IGLHEP SHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID
NO: 105); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 106); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPNGE-OH
(SEQ ID NO: 107); H-IGLHEP SHGTLP AGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 108); H-
IGLHQP SHGTLP AGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 109); or H-IGLHNPSHGTLPAGE-OH (SEQ ID
NO: 110).
[0039] Further INGAP-PP peptide analogs are provided herein. In still another embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of: IGLHAPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:6);
IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:8); IGLHDP SHGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 18);
IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 19); IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:20);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO:21); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGK (SEQ ID NO:22);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGK (SEQ ID NO:23); IGLHDP SHGTEP AGS (SEQ ID NO:24);
IGLHDPSQGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:25); and IGLHDPTHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:26); IGLHDPSHGTLPAGE (SEQ ID NO:27).
[0040] For example, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising a peptide or analog selected from: IGLHAPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:6);
IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:8); IGLHDP SHGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 18);
IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 19); IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:20);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO:21); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGK (SEQ ID NO:22);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGK (SEQ ID NO:23); IGLHDP SHGTEP AGS (SEQ ID NO:24);
IGLHDPSQGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:25); IGLHDPTHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:26); and IGLHDPSHGTLPAGE (SEQ ID NO:27). In another embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof consisting of: IGLHAPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:6);
IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:8); IGLHDP SHGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 18);
IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 19); IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:20);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO:21); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGK (SEQ ID NO:22);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGK (SEQ ID NO:23); IGLHDP SHGTEP AGS (SEQ ID NO:24);
IGLHDPSQGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:25); IGLHDPTHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:26); or IGLHDPSHGTLPAGE (SEQ ID NO:27). [0041] The invention additionally provides HIP analogs. In an embodiment of the invention, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising the sequence IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:50). In an embodiment of the invention, the peptide or analog can comprise a peptide or analog selected from: IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:50); IGLHDPTQGTEP(Aib)GE (SEQ ID NO:51); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:52); (D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:53); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 60); Ac-IGLHD PTQGT EPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 62);
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:68); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC (SEQ ID NO:69); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC (SEQ ID NO: 70); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC -NH2 (SEQ ID
NO:71); and Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 72). In a particular embodiment, the peptide or analog thereof consists of: IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:50);
IGLHDPTQGTEP(Aib)GE (SEQ ID NO:51); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:52); (D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:53); and Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 60); Ac-IGLHD PTQGT EPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 62); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE- NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 68); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC (SEQ ID NO: 69); Ac-IGLHD PTQGT EPAGC (SEQ ID NO:70); IGLHD PTQGT EPAGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:71); or Ac-IGLHD PTQGT EPAGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:72).
[0042] In another embodiment, the invention provides additional HIP peptide analogs. For example, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising a peptide or analog selected from the group consisting of: Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 54); (D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 55); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:61); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:63); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO:64); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO:65); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 66); and Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 67). In a particular embodiment, the peptide or analog thereof can consist of: Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 54); (D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 55); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE- NH2 (SEQ ID NO:61); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:63);
IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO:64); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO:65); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 66); or Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 67).
[0043] In another embodiment of the invention, a peptide or analog thereof can comprise a sequence selected from the group consisting of: IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO:56); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS (SEQ ID NO:57); IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO:58); and IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE (SEQ ID NO:59). For example, the peptide or analog thereof can comprise a peptide or analog selected from: IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO:56);
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS (SEQ ID NO:57); IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO:58); and IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE (SEQ ID NO:59). In a particular embodiment, peptide or analog thereof can consist of: IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO:56); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS (SEQ ID NO:57); IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO:58); or IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE (SEQ ID NO:59).
[0044] In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO: 12). In another particular embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof consisting of Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO: 12). In still a further embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof comprising Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:31). In yet another further embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog thereof consisting of Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:31). In comparison to the parent INGAP-PP peptide, the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO: 31 have significantly improved stability in plasma and culture medium, significantly improved pharmacokinetic properties, significantly stronger effect on glucose stimulated insulin secretion, significantly more effective induction of islet cells, and significantly stronger islet neogenesis effect. As disclosed herein, the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO:31 exhibited higher efficacy relative to the parent INGAP-PP peptide (see Example VIII). A shift towards small islet size was achieved with the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO:31 at 1/100 the dose of the parent INGAP-PP peptide (see Example IX). The peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO:31 additionally exhibited improved pharmacokinetic properties as evidenced by a significant increase in AUC and Cmax and by an increased plasma and pancreas concentration relative to the parent INGAP-PP peptide (see Example X). The peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO:31 also exhibited increased stability in culture medium and in rat, mouse and human plasma (see Example XI). Therefore, the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 12 and SEQ ID NO:31 have significant advantages over the parent INGAP-PP peptide. The peptide or analog of this invention is useful for a variety of applications, including but not limited to, stimulating pancreatic islet cell growth, producing a population of pancreatic islet cells ex vivo or in vivo, increasing the number of pancreatic islet cells in a human, and treating diseases or conditions with impaired pancreatic function such as diabetes mellitus. More specifically, diseases or conditions with impaired pancreatic function include but are not limited to type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, latent autoimmune diabetes in adults (LAD A), impaired fasting glucose, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin deficiency, fasting
hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, and partial pancreatomy due to injury or inflammation. The peptide or analog of this invention can be administered to a patient at a much lower dosage level than the parent INGAP-PP peptide, resulting in improved efficacy and/or reduced side effects over the course of treatment. In preferred embodiments, the peptide or analog of this invention is administered to a patient each time no more than 10 mg/kg, no more than 5 mg/kg, no more than 1 mg/kg, no more than 0.5 mg/kg, or no more than 0.1 mg/kg. In other preferred embodiments, the peptide or analog of this invention is administered to a patient in a dose range of 0.1-100 mg per day, 1-50 mg per day, 5-100 mg per day, 5-50 mg per day, 0.1-10 mg per day, or 0.1-1 mg per day.
[0045] In another embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: X^LHX^x GTXWGS, wherein X1 is selected from Isoleucine(I), D-Isoleucine, L-NorValine, or L-NorLeucine; X2 is selected from Alanine(A), or Aspartic Acid(D); X3 is selected from Serine(S), or Threonine(T); X4 is selected from Histidine(H), or Glutamine(Q); X5 is selected from Leucine(L), or Glutamic acid(E); and when X1 is
Isoleucine(I), X2 is Aspartic Acid(D), X3 is Serine(S), X4 is Histidine(H), and X5 is
Leucine(L), X6 is selected from Alanine(A), a-Amino-isobutyric acid, or N-methyl-L- Alanine; otherwise, X6 is selected from Alanine(A), Asparagine(N), α-Amino-isobutyric acid, or N-methyl-L- Alanine. In a particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLH AP SHGTLPNGS -OH( SEQ ID NO: 6), H- IGLHDPSHGTLP(Aib)GS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 10), H-IGLHDP SHGTLP(N-methyl-L- Alanine)GS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 11), H-(D-Isoleucine)GLHDPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 17), H-IGLHDPSHGTEPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 18), H-IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 19), and H-IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 20). In another particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 7), H-IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 8), H-(D-Isoleucine)GLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 13), H-(L- NorValine)GLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 14), H-(L-
NorLeucine)GLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 15), H-IGLHDP SHGTEPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 24), H-IGLHDPSQGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 25), and H- IGLHDPTHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 26). [0046] In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: R1 -IGLHDP SHGTLPNGX1 (C)m-R2, wherein, m is 0 or 1; R1 is selected from -H or -Ac; R2 is selected from -OH or -NH2; and when R1 is -H, R2 is -OH, and m is 0, X1 is selected from Glutamic acid(E), Cysteine(C), or Lysine(K); otherwise, X1 is selected from Serine(S), Glutamic acid(E), Cysteine(C), or Lysine(K). In particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 21), and H-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGK-OH (SEQ ID NO: 22). In another particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 31), H-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 32), and Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 16). In still another particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 37), Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 38), H-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 39), and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC- NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 40). In still a further particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 33), Ac- IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 34), H-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 35), and Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 36). In yet another particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDP SHGTLPNG -OH (SEQ ID NO: 74), Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG -OH (SEQ ID NO: 75), H- IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 76), and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 77).
[0047] In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: R1 -IGLHDP SHGTLP AG(X )m-R2 ; wherein, m is 0 or 1; R1 is selected from -H or - Ac; R2 is selected from -OH or -NH2; when R1 is -H, R2 is -OH, and m is 1, X1 is selected from Glutamic acid(E), Cysteine(C), or Lysine(K); otherwise, X1 is selected from Serine(S), Glutamic acid(E), Cysteine(C), or Lysine(K). In a particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDP SHGTLPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 27), and H-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGK-OH (SEQ ID NO: 23). In another particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from Ac- IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 29), H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 41), and Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 12). In still another particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 46), Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 47), H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 48), and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC- NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 49). In yet another particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-OH (SEQ ID NO: 73), H- IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 28), and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 30).
[0048] In another embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: R^IGLHDP SHGTLP AGSX2-R2, wherein, X2 is selected from Lysine(K) or Cysteine(C), R1 is selected from -H or -Ac, R2 is selected from -OH or -NH2. In a particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDP SHGTLP AGSK-OH (SEQ ID NO: 9), H-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS C-OH (SEQ ID NO: 42), Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 43), H-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC- NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 44), and Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS C-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 45).
[0049] In another embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: X1GLHDPTQGTX2PX3GE, X1 is selected from Isoleucine(I) or D- Isoleucine; X2 is selected from Glutamic acid(E) or Leucine(L); and when X1 is Isoleucine(I) and X2 is Glutamic acid(E), X3 is selected from Alanine(A), or a-Amino-isobutyric acid; otherwise, X3 is selected from Alanine(A), Asparagine(N), or a-Amino-isobutyric acid. In a particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDPTQGTEP(Aib)GE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 51), H-(D-Isoleucine)GLHDPTQGTEPNGE- OH (SEQ ID NO: 55), and H-IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE-OH(SEQ ID NO: 58). In another particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H- IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 50), H-(D-Isoleucine)GLHDPTQGTEPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and H-IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 59).
[0050] In another embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: R^IGLHDPTQGTEPNGX^R2, wherein, R1 is selected from -H or -Ac; R2 is selected from -OH or -NH2; when R1 is -H and R2 is -OH, X1 is selected from
Serine(S), or Cysteine(C); otherwise, X1 is selected from Serine(S), Glutamic acid(E), or Cysteine(C). In a particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 54), Ac-
IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 61), and H-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 63). In another particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 56), H-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC- OH (SEQ ID NO: 64), Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC-OH(SEQ ID NO: 65), H- IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 66), and Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 67).
[0051] In another embodiment, the invention provides a peptide or analog having the following formula: R1-IGLHDPTQGTEPAG(X1)n-R2, wherein, R1 is selected from -H or - Ac; R2 is selected from -OH or -NH2; n is 0, or 1; X1 is selected from Serine(S), or
Cysteine(C). In a particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from H-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 57), Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAG- NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 60), H-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 69), Ac- IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-OH (SEQ ID NO: 70), H-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 71), and Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 72). In another particular embodiment, the peptide or analog of the formula can be selected from Ac- IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 52), Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 62), andH-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 68).
[0052] As described herein, the peptides or analogs of the invention include analogs of INGAP-PP and HIP that can be peptides having the standard 20 naturally occurring amino acids, as well as other naturally and/or non-naturally occurring amino acids. The peptides as described herein generally use conventional nomenclature. For example, some peptides are designated H-XXX-OH, and it is understood by those skilled in the art that these can designate unmodified amino- (H-) or carboxy- (-OH) termini. The amino acid sequence can also be represented without an indication of a modification on the amino- or carboxy- terminus. It is understood by those skilled in the art that peptides described herein, unless a specific modification is indicated on the N- or C-terminus, can include unmodified and modified amino- and/or carboxy-termini on a peptide comprising a specified amino acid sequence or peptide analog. Thus, a peptide or analog comprising a designated amino acid sequence can include additional amino acids on the N- and/or C-terminus as well as modified amino acids of the designated sequence. A peptide or analog comprising a designated peptide or analog similarly can include modified amino acids and/or additional amino acids, unless the N- and/or C-terminus comprises a modification that precludes the addition of an amino acid, for example through a peptide bond. Such modifications can include, for example, an acetylated N-terminus and/or amidated C-terminus. [0053] As described herein, the peptides or analogs of the invention can comprise a modification. It is understood by those skilled in the art that a number of modifications can be made to a peptide or analog. Exemplary modifications include, but are not limited to, an acetylated N-terminus, an amidated C-terminus, a D amino acid, a modified amino acid, a fatty acid modification, esterification, or a combination thereof. Any of a number of well known modifications of a peptide or amino acid can be included in a peptide or analog of the invention. For example, derivatives can include chemical modifications of the polypeptide such as esterification, alkylation, acylation, carbamylation, iodination, or any modification which derivatizes the polypeptide. Modifications of a peptide or analog can include modified amino acids, for example, hydroxyproline or carboxyglutamate, and can include amino acids that are not linked by peptide bonds.
[0054] It is understood by those skilled in the art that any of a number of well known methods can be employed to produce peptides or analogs of the invention (see, for example, Protein Engineering: A practical approach (IRL Press 1992); Bodanszky, Principles of Peptide Synthesis (Springer- Verlag 1984), Lloyd-Williams et al, Tetrahedron 49: 11065- 11133 (1993); Kent, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 57:957-989 (1988); Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 85:2149-2154 (1963); Merrifield, Methods Enzymol. 289:3-13 (1997)). A particularly useful method to produce peptides or analogs of the invention is via chemical synthesis using well known methods of peptide synthesis. Chemical synthesis is particularly useful for introducing non- naturally occurring amino acids, modified amino acids and/or a modified N- and/or C-terminus. For example, an advantage of using chemical synthesis to prepare a peptide or analog of the invention is that (D)-amino acids can be substituted for (L)-amino acids, if desired. The incorporation of one or more (D)-amino acids can confer, for example, additional stability of the peptide in vitro or, particularly, in vivo, since endogenous endoproteases generally are ineffective against peptides containing (D)-amino acids.
Peptides having D amino acids can also be designated herein using the well known nomenclature of a small letter for the corresponding single letter code for an amino acid.
[0055] If desired, the reactive side group of one or more amino acids in a peptide or analog of the invention can be modified or amino acid derivatives can be incorporated into the peptide. Selective modification of a reactive group of a peptide or analog can impart desirable characteristics upon a peptide or analog. The choice of including such a modification is determined, in part, by the characteristics required of the peptide. For example, a peptide or analog can have a free carboxyl terminus or can be modified so that the C-terminus is amidated (see Tables 2 and 3). Similarly, a peptide or analog can have a free amino terminus or can be modified so that the N-terminus is acetylated (Tables 2 and 3). In addition, the peptides or analogs of the invention can optionally be amidated on the C- terminus and acetylated on the N-terminus. Other modifications of the N- and/or C-terminus of a peptide or analog can also be included within the meaning of a modification.
[0056] Other modifications of a peptide or analog of the invention can include, but are not limited to, 2-Aminoadipic acid (Aad); 3-Aminoadipic acid (bAad); beta-Alanine, beta- Aminopropionic acid (bAla); 2-Aminobutyric acid (Abu); 4-Aminobutyric acid, piperidinic acid (4Abu); 6-Aminocaproic acid (Acp); 2-Aminoheptanoic acid (Ahe); 2-Aminoisobutyric acid (Aib); 3-Aminoisobutyric acid (bAib); 2-Aminopimelic acid (Apm); 2,4 Diaminobutyric acid (Dbu); Desmosine (Des); 2,2'-Diaminopimelic acid (Dpm); 2,3-Diaminopropionic acid (Dpr); N-Ethylglycine (EtGly); N-Ethylasparagine (EtAsn); Hydroxylysine (Hyl); allo- Hydroxylysine (aHyl); 3-Hydroxyproline (3Hyp); 4-Hydroxyproline (4Hyp); Isodesmosine (Ide); allo-Isoleucine (alle); N-Methylglycine (MeGly; sarcosine); N-Methylisoleucine (Melle); 6-N-Methyllysine (MeLys); N-Methylvaline (MeVal); Norvaline (Nva); Norleucine (Nle); and Ornithine (Orn). It is understood that all modified alpha-amino acids can be substituted with the corresponding beta-, gamma- or omega- amino acids.
[0057] Another modification of a peptide or analog of the invention includes fatty acid modification. Thus, a peptide or analog of the invention can be modified by acylation with aliphatic groups, including C2, C4, C6, C8, CIO, CI 2, CI 4, CI 6, CI 8, C20 or longer chains. The peptide or analog can also be modified by isoprenylation and/or phosphatidylinositol (PI). Additional modications of a peptide or analog of the invention includes esterification. For example, a carboxyl group can be modified by acid catalyzed esterification or condensation with an alcohol. Conversely, an alcohol group can be modified by
condensation with a carboxylic acid or other acid. Additional modifications of a peptide or analog of the invention can include cyclization. For example, by introduction of
conformational restraint through head-to-tail cyclization improves the peptide stability than their linear counterparts, therefore prolongs the duration of peptide action. By restricting conformational flexibility, cyclic peptide is thought to adopt a conformation which more closely mimics that of active sequence as presented in the native protein (see, for example, Dutta Chem. Br. 25: 159(1989) ;Kopple, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 94-973-981 (1972); Brugghe et al, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res. 43 : 166-170 (1994)). These and other amino acid, peptide or protein modifications are well known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Glazer et al, Chemical modification of proteins: Selected methods and analytical procedures, Elsevier Biomedical Press, Amsterdam (1975)). It is understood that such modications can be included in a peptide or analog of the invention as single modifications or combinations of one or more modifications in a peptide or analog molecule.
[0058] The invention also includes mimetics of the peptides or analogs disclosed herein, also referred to as peptidomimetics. Mimetics encompass chemicals containing chemical moieties that mimic the function of the peptide. For example, if a peptide contains two charged chemical moieties having functional activity, a mimetic places two charged chemical moieties in a spatial orientation and constrained structure so that the charged chemical function is maintained in three-dimensional space. Thus, a mimetic orients functional groups of a peptide or analog of the invention such that the functional activity of a peptide or analog is retained.
[0059] Mimetics or peptidomimetics can include chemically modified peptides, peptide- like molecules containing nonnaturally occurring amino acids, peptoids and the like, and have the functional activity of the peptide or analog upon which the peptidomimetic is derived (see, for example, Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery 5th ed., vols. 1 to 3 (ed. M. E. Wolff; Wiley Interscience 1995)). Methods for identifying a peptidomimetic are well known in the art and include, for example, the screening of databases that contain libraries of potential peptidomimetics (Allen et al, Acta Crystallogr. Section B, 35:2331 (1979)) or using molecular modeling (Rusinko et al, J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci. 29:251 (1989)). Mimetics or peptidomimetics can provide desirable properties such as greater stability, for example, when administered to a subject, such as during passage through the digestive tract and, therefore, can be useful for oral administration.
[0060] A variety of mimetics or peptidomimetics are known in the art including, but not limited to, peptide-like molecules which contain a constrained amino acid, a non-peptide component that mimics peptide secondary structure, or an amide bond isostere. A mimetic or peptidomimetic that contains a constrained, non-naturally occurring amino acid can include, without limitation, an a-methylated amino acid; α-, α-dialkylglycine or a-aminocycloalkane carboxylic acid; an Na-ca-cyclized amino acid; an Na-methylated amino acid; a β- or γ- amino cycloalkane carboxylic acid; an α,β-unsaturated amino acid; a β,β-dimethyl or β- methyl amino acid; a P-substituted-2,3-methano amino acid; an N— C5 or °α-°δ cyclized amino acid; a substituted proline or another amino acid mimetic. A mimetic or
peptidomimetic which mimics peptide secondary structure can contain, without limitation, a nonpeptidic β-turn mimic; γ-turn mimic; or mimic of helical structure, each of which is well known in the art. As non-limiting examples, a peptidomimetic also can be a peptide-like molecule which contains an amide bond isostere such as a retro-inverso modification;
reduced amide bond; methylenethioether or methylene-sulfoxide bond; methylene ether bond; ethylene bond; thioamide bond; trans-olefin or fluoroolefin bond; 1,5-disubstituted tetrazole ring; ketomethylene or fluoroketomethylene bond or another amide isostere. One skilled in the art understands that these and other mimetics or peptidomimetics of a peptide or analog of the invention can be used.
[0061] The invention also provides pseudopeptide derivatives of peptides or analogs of the invention. Pseudopeptides are known in the art as peptides in which a peptide bond (amide bond) in a peptide is modified to an amide bond surrogate (see, for example, Cudic and Stawikowski, Mini-Rev Organic Chem. 4:268-280 (2007); Anderson, in Neuropeptide Protocols, Brent and Carvell, eds. 73 :49-60 (1996)). Exemplary amide bond surrogates include, but are not limited to, peptidosulfonamides, phosphonopeptides, depsides and depsipeptides, oliogureas, azapeptides and peptoids (see Cudic and Stawikowski, supra, 2007) as well as as methylene amino, thioether and hydroxyethylene derivatives, and the like (Anderson, supra, 1996).
[0062] The peptides or analogs of the invention can be produced using methods well known to those skilled in the art, including chemical synthesis of the peptides or analogs using well known methods of peptide synthesis, as described herein. Thus, when the peptides or analogs include one or more non-standard amino acids, it is more likely that they will be produced by a chemical synthetic method. In addition to using chemical synthesis of peptides or analogs, the peptides or analogs can be produced by expression from encoding nucleic acids. This is particularly useful for peptides or analogs that include only naturally occurring amino acids. In such a case, a nucleic acid encoding the peptide sequence can be prepared using well known methods (see Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Third Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York (2001); Ausubel et al, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, Baltimore, MD (1999)). Generally such a nucleic acid will be expressed recombinantly in a suitable host organism such as a bacterium, yeast, mammalian or insect cell, and the like. Production in bacteria can be particularly useful for large scale production of a peptide or analog of the invention. The peptide can be expressed in the organism and purified using well known purification techniques.
[0063] A nucleic acid molecule encoding the peptide or analog of the invention can be cloned into an appropriate vector, particularly an expression vector, and the encoded peptide or analog can be expressed in a host cell or using an in vitro transcription/translation reaction, thereby providing a means to obtain large amounts of the peptide or analog. Optionally, the recombinant peptide can be produced as a fusion with a tag, such as a His tag, to facilitate identification and purification. Suitable vectors, host cells, in vitro transcription/translation systems, and tag sequences are well known in the art and commercially available.
[0064] The peptide or analog can be expressed as a single copy, in a polycistronic expression vector, or optionally can be expressed as a single open reading frame with multiple copies of the peptide sequence. In such a case, the peptide can be obtained by expressing an open reading frame containing multiple copies of the peptide sequence, resulting in expression of a polypeptide with multiple copies of the peptide. The polypeptide can be post-translationally processed into a peptide or analog of the invention, for example, by engineering appropriate proteolytic cleavage sites between the copies of the peptide and cleaving the polypeptide into the peptide or analog of the invention. Although such a recombinant method will generally be used when the peptide or analog of the invention is a peptide containing only naturally occurring amino acids, it is also understood that such a method can be employed with expression hosts suitably engineered to express non-naturally occurring amino acids. Additionally, it is understood that a peptide or analog expressed recombinantly can optionally be chemically modified to introduce a desired amino acid modification or N- and/or C-terminal modification using well know chemical modification methods (see Glazer et al, supra, 1975).
[0065] Thus, the invention additionally provides nucleic acids encoding peptides or analogs of the invention. Such nucleic acids include, for example, nucleic acids encoding any of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO S: 6-73. Thus, when the analogs include only one or more substitutions with standard amino acids, the analogs can be expressed from an expression vector using well known methods, as disclosed herein. [0066] The peptides or analogs of the invention can comprise a sequence or peptide or analog as disclosed herein. In the case of a peptide or analog comprising an amino acid sequence or peptide, the peptide will generally have a length of 20 amino acids or less. For example, the peptide or analog can have a length of 19 amino acids or less, 18 amino acids or less, 17 amino acids or less. Thus, a peptide or analog of the invention, as disclosed herein, can have a length of 10 amino acids, 11 amino acids, 12 amino acids, 13 amino acids 14 amino acids (see Peptide 73, Peptide 74), 15 amino acids, 16 amino acids, 17 amino acids, 18 amino acids, 19 amino acids, or 20 amino acids. In the case of shorter peptides, it is understood by those skilled in the art that the shorter peptide includes a fragment of a disclosed peptide or analog, for example, by deletion of one or more amino acids on the N- and/or C-terminus of a dislosed peptide or analog, that retains functional activity, including but not limited to one or more of the biological activities of peptides and analogs of the invention, as disclosed herein. Nevertheless, it is understood that a peptide can also comprise longer amino acid lengths, so long as the functional activity of the peptide or analog is retained. Thus, a peptide or analog can have a length of less than 150 residues, less than 130 residues, less than 120 residues, less than 110 residues, less than 100 residues, less than 90 residues, less than 80 residues, less than 70 residues, less than 60 residues, less than 50 residues, less than 45 residues, less than 40 residues, less than 35 residues, less than 30 residues, less than 25 residues, less than 24 residues, less than 23 residues, less than 22 residues, less than 21 residues, less than 20 residues, less than 19 residues, less than 18 residues, or less than 17 residues. It is understood by those skilled in the art that, where a peptide or analog of the invention comprises a sequence found within a known longer sequence such as a wild type full length protein, the peptide or analog of the invention specifically excludes such a full length sequence.
[0067] The invention also provides peptides and analogs of the invention in a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt form that is well known to those skilled in the art. A particularly useful salt form is acetate or hydrochloride salt form. Nevertheless, it is understood by those skilled in the art that any of a number of suitable salt forms are available. When the peptide or analog of the invention contains an acidic or basic moiety, it can be provided as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt (see, for example, Berge et al, J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 1-19; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts, Properties, and Use; Stahl and Wermuth, Ed.; Wiley- VCH and VHCA: Zurich, Switzerland, 2002). [0068] Suitable acids for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, acylated amino acids, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, L-aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4- acetamidobenzoic acid, boric acid, (+)-camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, (+)-(15)- camphor-10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, cyclohexanesulfamic acid, deoxycholic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid,
docosahexaenoic acid, eicosapntemacnioc acid, ethane- 1,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid, D-gluconic acid, D-glucuronic acid, L-glutamic acid, a-oxoglutaric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydroiodic acid, (+)-L- lactic acid, (±)-DL-lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid, maleic acid, (-)-L-malic acid, malonic acid, (±)-DL-mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, naphthalene-l,5-disulfonic acid, l-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid, nitric acid, oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid, perchloric acid, phosphoric acid, L- pyroglutamic acid, saccharic acid, salicylic acid, 4-amino-salicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, sulfuric acid, tannic acid, (+)-L-tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p- toluenesulfonic acid, undecylenic acid, ursolic acid, and valeric acid.
[0069] Suitable bases for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, including, but not limited to, inorganic bases, such as magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, zinc hydroxide, or sodium hydroxide; and organic bases, such as primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary, aliphatic and aromatic amines, including L-arginine, benethamine, benzathine, choline, deanol, diethanolamine, diethylamine, dimethylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, 2-(diethylamino)-ethanol, ethanolamine, ethylamine, ethylenediamine, isopropylamine, N-methyl-glucamine, hydrabamine, IH- imidazole, L-lysine, morpholine, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-morpholine, methylamine, piperidine, piperazine, propylamine, pyrrolidine, l-(2-hydroxyethyl)-pyrrolidine, pyridine, quinuclidine, quinoline, isoquinoline, secondary amines, triethanolamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)- 1,3 -propanediol, and tromethamine.
[0070] The invention also provides peptides and analogs of the invention in a
composition. For example, the peptides or analogs of Tables 2 or 3, or other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or the formulas disclosed herein, can be provided in a composition, as disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the composition can comprise the peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. The composition can optionally be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier to produce a pharmaceutical composition, which can be administered to the individual, which can be a human or other mammal. A
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be, for example, water, sodium phosphate buffer, phosphate buffered saline, normal saline or Ringer's solution or other physiologically buffered saline, or other solvent or vehicle such as a glycol, glycerol, an oil such as olive oil or an injectable organic ester.
[0071] A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can contain physiologically acceptable compounds that act, for example, to stabilize or increase the absorption of the peptide or analog of the invention. Such physiologically acceptable compounds include, for example, carbohydrates such as glucose, sucrose or dextrans; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or glutathione; chelating agents such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), which disrupts microbial membranes; divalent metal ions such as calcium or magnesium; low molecular weight proteins; or other stabilizers or excipients. One skilled in the art would know that the choice of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, including a physiologically acceptable compound, depends, for example, on the route of administration of the
composition. Suitable carriers and their formulations are well known in the art (see, for example, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th ed., ed. A. R. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA (1995); and Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton PA (1990)). Typically, an appropriate amount of a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is used in the formulation to render the formulation isotonic. The pH of the solution is generally from about 4 to about 8.5, for example, from about 4 to about 5, from about 5 to about 6, from about 6 to about 7, from about 4.5 to about 8, from about 5 to about 8, from about 5 to about 7.5, from about 5.5, to about 8, from about 5.5 to about 7.5, from about 6 to about 8, from about 6.5 to about 8, from about 7 to about 8, from about 7.5 to about 8, or from about 7 to about 7.5.
[0072] Pharmaceutical carriers are known to those skilled in the art. These most typically would be standard carriers for administration of drugs to humans, including solutions such as sterile water, saline, and buffered solutions at physiological pH, as described above.
Pharmaceutical compositions can include carriers, thickeners, diluents, buffers, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the molecule of choice such as the peptides or analogs of the invention. Pharmaceutical compositions can also include one or more active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, anti-inflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like.
[0073] Further carriers include sustained or controlled release preparations such as semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers covalently or non-covalently bound to the peptide or analog, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, for example, films, liposomes, non-liposome lipid complex or microparticles, and the like, or other
biocompatible polymers well known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,824,822 and 8,329,648). Liposomes, which consist of phospholipids or other lipids, are nontoxic, physiologically acceptable and metabolizable carriers that are relatively simple to make and administer (Gregoriadis, Liposome Technology, Vol. 1 (CRC Press, Boca Raton Fla., 1984). Various drug delivery methods are well known to those skilled in the art (Langer, Nature 392(Suppl):5-10 (1998); Langer et al, Nature 428:487-492 (2004)). It will be apparent to those persons skilled in the art that certain carriers can be selected depending upon, for instance, the route of administration and concentration of composition being administered.
[0074] As disclosed herein, the peptides or analogs of the invention can be prepared as sustained or controlled release formulations. As described in Example XII, various sustained release compositions can be generated that demonstrated the feasibility of long acting release dosage forms of the peptides or analogs of the invention. Exemplary formulations include biocompatible polymers, including but not limited to polymers containing poly (ethylene glycol) (PEG), nonionic, surfactant polyols, also known as poloxamers, which are
copolymers of polyoxypropylene and polyoxyethylene (poly(ethylene oxide)),
polyetheramines, which can be based on ethylene oxide (EO), propylene oxide (PO), an EO/PO mix, or polytetramethylene glycol (PTMEG), polyether diamines based on a predominantly PEG backbone, and the like. Exemplary poloxomers include, but are not limited to, Pluronic® F127, Pluronic® F38, Pluronic® F68, Pluronic® F87, Pluronic® F108, Pluronic® 10R5, Pluronic® 17R2, Pluronic® 17R4, Pluronic® 25R2, Pluronic® 25R4, Pluronic® 31R1, Pluronic® F 108 Cast Solid Surfacta, Pluronic® F 108 NF, Pluronic® F 108 Pastille, Pluronic® F 108NF Prill Poloxamer 338, Pluronic® F 127 NF, Pluronic® F 127 NF 500 BHT Prill, Pluronic® F 127 NF Prill Poloxamer 407, Pluronic® F 38 Pastille, Pluronic® F 68 LF Pastille, Pluronic® F 68 NF, Pluronic® F 68 NF Prill Poloxamer 188, Pluronic® F 68 Pastille, Pluronic® F 77, Pluronic® F 77 Micropastille, Pluronic® F 87 NF, Pluronic® F 87 NF Prill Poloxamer 237, Pluronic® F 88, Pluronic® F 88 Pastille, Pluronic® F 98, Pluronic® FT L 61, Pluronic® L 10, Pluronic® L 101, Pluronic® L 121, Pluronic® L 31, Pluronic® L 35, Pluronic® L 43, Pluronic® L 61, Pluronic® L 62, Pluronic® L 62 LF, Pluronic® L 62D, Pluronic® L 64, Pluronic® L 81, Pluronic® L 92, Pluronic® L44 NF INH surfactant Poloxamer 124, Pluronic® N 3, Pluronic® P 103, Pluronic® P 104, Pluronic® P 105, Pluronic® P 123 Surfactant, Pluronic® P 65, Pluronic® P 84, Pluronic® P 85, and the like. Exemplary polyetheramines include, but are not limited to, Jeffamine® ED-2003, Jeffamine® D-2000 Jeffamine® D-230, Jeffamine® D-400, Jeffamine® EDR-176,
Jeffamine® SD-2001, Jeffamine® T-403, Jeffamine® T-5000. Additional components can include, for example, cyclodextrins such as alpha-, beta- and gamma-cyclodextrins. Methods well known in the art can be used to generate sustained release formulations. The
components can be formulated at desired concentrations and ratios, including but not limited to, a concentration of 0.1% to 30%, for example, 0.5% w/w to 20%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, and the like, w/w of the final weight of the composition. Other sustained release peptide delivery systems known in the art include, for example, the nanoparticle formulation comprising poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA), polylactide (PLA), PEG/PLGA, and liposomes, which can also be used to generate a sustained release formulation. Sustained release formulations are well known in the art (see, for example, Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton PA (1990)). Sustained release formulations are useful for providing steady and/or continuous dosage of a peptide or analog of the invention and/or to avoid repeat administration.
[0075] The pharmaceutical composition can be administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on the area to be treated. It is understood that a variety of routes of administration are useful for the peptides, analogs and methods of the invention. Such routes encompass systemic and local administration and include, without limitation, intravenous injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, subcutaneous injection, transdermal delivery, transdermal diffusion or
electrophoresis, inhalable administration, oral administration, local injection, intracavity, and extended release delivery devices including locally implanted extended release devices such as bioerodible or reservoir-based implants. Administration can be topically (including ophthalmically, vaginally, rectally, intranasally), orally, by inhalation, or parenterally, for example by intravenous drip, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection. Sustained release formulations can be delivered via in situ forming implants. Furthermore, it is understood that the peptides or analogs of the invention can be administered daily in a single adminstration, in multiple daily administrations, in sustained release formulations, either with continuous or intermittent, non-continuous adminstration, intermittently on non- consecutive days, and so forth so as to achieve a desired effect.
[0076] Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Examples of non-aqueous solvents are propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Parenteral vehicles include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's, or fixed oils. Intravenous vehicles include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives can also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, and inert gases and the like. Insulin is a well known peptide therapeutic, so methods used for delivery of insulin are particularly amenable as a delivery method for peptides or analogs of the invention, including but not limited to syringes, pens, infusion pumps, inhalers, mouth sprays, pills, and the like.
[0077] Guidance on appropriate doses for the peptides or analogs of the invention is provided in Dungan et al, Diabetes Metab. Res. Rev., 25:558-565 (2009). In particular, human clinical trials with INGAP peptide provide an indication of suitable possible doses for the peptides or analogs of the invention. Since the peptides or analogs of the invention exhibit improved efficacy over the parent INGAP peptide (see Examples), the peptides or analogs of the invention can be administered at effective doses that are lower than that used for INGAP. Exemplary doses for peptides or analogs of the invention include, but are not limited to, 0.01-1000 mg per day, for example, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530, 540, 550, 560, 570, 580, 590, 600, 610, 620, 630, 640, 650, 660, 670, 680, 690, 700, 710, 720, 730, 740, 750, 760, 770, 780, 790, 800, 810, 820, 830, 840, 850, 860, 870, 880, 890, 900, 910, 920, 930, 940, 950, 960, 970, 980, 990 or 1000 mg per day. In a particular embodiment, the peptide doses are about 1-100 mg per day, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 or 100 mg per day. Exemplary dose ranges include, but are not limited to, 0.01-1000, 0.1-1000, 1-1000, 10-1000, 100-1000, 0.01-500, 0.1-500, 1-500, 10-500, 100-500, 0.01-400, 0.1-400, 1-400, 10-400, 100-400, 0.01-300, 0.1-300, 1-300, 10-300, 100-300, 0.01-200, 0.1-200, 1- 200, 10-200, 100-200, 0.01-100, 0.1-100, 1-100, 10-100, 1-90, 1-80, 1-70, 1-60, 1-50, 1-40, 1-30, 1-20, 1-10, 5-100, 5-90, 5-80, 5-70, 5-60, 5-50, 5-40, 5-30, 5-20, 5-10, 10-100, 10-90, 10-80, 10-70, 10-60, 10-50, 10-40, 10-30, 10-20, 15-100, 15-90, 15-80, 15-70, 15-60, 15-50, 15-40, 15-30, 15-20, 20-100, 20-90, 20-80, 20-70, 20-60, 20-50, 20-40, 20-30, 25-100, 25-90, 25-80, 25-70, 25-60, 25-50, 25-40, 25-30, 30-100, 30-90, 30-80, 30-70, 30-60, 30-50, 30-40, 35-100, 35-90, 35-80, 35-70, 35-60, 35-50, 35-40, 35-30, 40-100, 40-90, 40-80, 40-70, 40-60, 40-50, 45-100, 45-90, 45-80, 45-70, 45-60, 45-50, 50-100, 50-90, 50-80, 50-70, 50-60, 55- 100, 55-90, 55-80, 55-70, 55-60, 60-100, 60-90, 60-80, 60-70, 65-100, 65-90, 65-80, 65-70, 70-100, 70-90, 70-80, 75-100, 75-90, 75-80, 80-100, 80-90, 90-100, and the like, or any dose increments of the doses listed above. It is undersood by those skilled in the art that the doses of the peptides and analogs of the invention are generally provided as a dose to be
administered to a subject per day. It is further understood by those skilled in the art that a dose can be adjusted by increasing or decreasing the dose depending on the responsivenes of the subject, the weight of the subject, and so forth, as well known by a physician or clinician skilled in the art. The peptides or analogs of Tables 2 or 3, or other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or the formulas disclosed herein, can be provided in a composition at the indicated doses, as disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the composition can comprise the peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31 at the indicated doses.
[0078] As described herein, the peptides and analogs of the invention are particularly useful for treating certain diseases and disorders. For example, the peptides or analogs of the invention can be used for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation. Thus, the invention additionally provides compositions of the invention for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting
neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation. Such compositions can comprise a peptide or analog such as those disclosed herein in Tables 2 or 3, or other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or the formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the composition can comprise the peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. The use of the peptides and analogs of the invention in such therapeutic applications are described below in more detail.
[0079] If desired, the peptides or analogs of the invention can be administered in combination. For example, a combination of two or more peptides or analogs of the invention, including those disclosed herein and shown in Tables 2 and 3, or other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or the formulas disclosed herein, for example, the peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31, can be administered for a method of treatment as disclosed herein. Such a combination can be administered concurrently, either in separate formulations or combined into the same formulation, depending on the peptides being administered and the compatibility of the formulations for the peptides or analogs of the invention. Alternatively, the two or more peptides or analogs of the invention can be administered sequentially, including on the same day or staggered on separate days.
[0080] Furthermore, it is understood by those skilled in the art that the peptide and analogs of the invention can optionally be administered with drugs or therapeutic agents for treating a condition. For example, in the case of treating diabetes or related conditions, other anti-diabetic drugs can be administered with the peptides or analogs of the invention. It is understood that such a co-administration can occur concurrently, either in separate formulations or combined into the same formulation, depending on the drugs being administered and the compatibility of the formulations for the peptides or analogs of the invention. Alternatively, the co-administration can occur sequentially, including on the same day or staggered on separate days. One skilled in the art will understand appropriate administration regimens suitable for effective deliver of a peptide or analog of the invention with another drug or therapeutic agent. It is further understood that the administration of peptide or analog can be intermittent.
[0081] In the case of treating insulin or related disorders, suitable anti-diabetic drugs include, but are not limited to, insulin, pramlintide, GLP-1 receptor agonists, oral antidiabetic agents, and the like. Exemplary anti-diabetic drugs include, but are not limited to, insulin, meglitinides, for example, repaglinide (Prandin™) and nateglinide (Starlix™); sulfonylureas, for example, glipizide (Glucotrol™), glimepiride (Amaryl™), and glyburide (DiaBeta , Glynase ); dipeptidy peptidase-4 (DPP-4) inhibitors, for example, saxagliptin (Onglyza™), sitagliptin (Januvia™), and linagliptin (Tradjenta™); biguanides, for example, metformin (Fortamet™, Glucophage™); thiazolidinediones, for example, rosiglitazone (Avandia™) and pioglitazone (Actos™); alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, for example, acarbose (Precose™) and miglitol (Glyset™); amylin mimetics, for example, pramlintide (Symlin™); and incretin mimetics, for example, exenatide (Byetta™) and liraglutide (Victoza™). Thus, in methods and uses of the invention for treating diabetes or related conditions, an antidiabetic drug can be administered with a peptide or analog of the invention. For type 2 diabetes, islet neogenic agents such as the peptides or analogs of the invention can be utilized in patients with a good level of glucose control via life style modification or with a combination of anti-diabetic agents such as metformin, thiazolidinediones, GLP-1, insulin, and the like as described above, to allow the maturation of newly formed islets.
[0082] Type 1 diabetes and latent autoimmune diabetes in adults (LAD A) are both autoimmune diseases. Therefore, in the case of a subject having type 1 diabetes or LAD A, another therapeutic agent that can be administered with a peptide or analog of the invention can be, for example, an immune modulatory agent. The immunomodulatory agent can be used to block or reduce the destruction of neogenic islet or beta cells associated with autoimmunity. Exemplary immunodulatory agents include, but are not limited to, sirolimus (rapamycin, Rapamune™), tacrolimus (FK 506, Prograf™), lisofylline, antithymocyte globulin, basiliximab (Simulect™), DiaPep277™, and the like. It is known that islets are subject to glucose toxicity, lipotoxicity, and immune attack (for T1D). For type 1 diabetes, islet neogenic agents such as the peptides or analogs of the invention can be utilized in patients with good glycemic control and a combination of immune modulating agents to protect the newly developed islets from immune attack.
[0083] As described herein, the peptides and analogs of the invention exhibit unexpected properties over that of the parent INGAP-PP and HIP peptides, including the peptides and analogs of Tables 2 and 3 that are not the parent INGAP-PP or HIP peptides. As disclosed herein, peptides and analogs of the invention exhibit improved stability in culture medium and plasma over that of the parent peptide (see Example III and XI). The peptide analogs of the invention also were effective at significantly improving blood glucose, fasting insulin and oral glucose tolerance (see Example IV). The peptide analogs of the invention also exhibit a significantly increased islet neogenic effect than the parent peptide (see Example V, Example VIII and Example IX). Further, the peptide analogs of the invention exhibit a significantly increased ability to stimulate insulin secretion in primary pancreatic islet cells (see Example VI). Additionally, peptide analogs of the invention exhibited superior pharmacokinetic properties (see Examples VII and X). The numerous unexpected and superior properties of the peptides and analogs of the invention indicate that the peptides and analogs of the invention, including the peptides and analogs of Tables 2 and 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein, that are not the parent INGAP-PP or ΙΠΡ peptides, for example, SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31, can be utilized for therapeutic applications.
[0084] In addition, the peptides and analogs of the invention were found to induce extra islet insulin positive β-cell clusters (see Example VIII). The peptide analogs were effective at 1/10 the dose of the parent INGAP-PP peptide. Also, the islet neogenesis effects of peptide analogs were determined as reflected by pancreatic islet size distribution (see Example IX). The peptide analogs were effective at 1/100 the dose of the parent INGAP-PP peptide. Thus, the peptides and analogs of the invetion can exhibit greater potency than the parent INGAP- PP or HIP peptide. It is known in the art that neogenic islets can be derived from pancreatic ductal or acinar cells (see Yatoh et al, Diabetes 56: 1802-1809 (2007); Lipsett and Finegood, Diabetes 51 : 1834-1841 (2002)). Thus, the peptides and analogs of the invention can be used to produce neogenic islets from pancreatic ductal and/or acinar cells.
[0085] In a further embodiment, the invention provides a method for ameliorating a sign or symptom associated with impaired pancreatic function comprising administering a peptide or analog of the invention. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method for ameliorating a sign or symptom associated with impaired pancreatic function comprising administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31. A disease or condition associated with impaired pancreatic function includes, but is not limited to, type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, latent autoimmune diabetes in adults (LAD A), impaired fasting glucose, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, or impaired fasting insulin levels, or a combination thereof. The pancreas produces insulin for regulation of blood glucose. In conditions such as type 1 and type 2 diabetes and LAD A, the body cannot respond normally to glucose production, leading to a number of related conditions (see Cecil Textbook of Medicine, Bennett and Plum, eds., 20th ed., W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia (1996); Harrison 's Principles of Internal Medicine, Fauci et al, eds., 14th ed., McGraw-Hill, New York (1998)). It is understood by those skilled in the art that such conditions, which are correlated with decreased function of the pancreas, are included within the meaning of impaired pancreatic function.
[0086] Diabetes mellitus is a serious metabolic disease that is defined by the presence of chronically elevated levels of blood glucose (hyperglycemia). This state of hyperglycemia is the result of a relative or absolute lack of activity of the peptide hormone, insulin. Insulin is produced and secreted by the β-cells of the pancreas. Insulin promotes glucose utilization, protein synthesis, and the formation and storage of carbohydrate energy as glycogen.
Glucose is stored in the body as glycogen, a form of polymerized glucose, which may be converted back into glucose to meet metabolism requirements. Under normal conditions, insulin is secreted at both a basal rate and at enhanced rates following glucose stimulation, all to maintain metabolic homeostasis by the conversion of glucose into glycogen.
[0087] The term diabetes mellitus encompasses several different hyperglycemic states. These states include type 1 (insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus or IDDM) and type 2 (non- insulin dependent diabetes mellitus or NIDDM) diabetes. The hyperglycemia present in individuals with type 1 diabetes is associated with deficient, reduced, or nonexistent levels of insulin which are insufficient to maintain blood glucose levels within the physiological range. Treatment of type 1 diabetes involves administration of replacement doses of insulin, generally by a parenteral route. The hyperglycemia present in individuals with type 2 diabetes is initially associated with normal or elevated levels of insulin; however, these individuals are unable to maintain metabolic homeostasis due to a state of insulin resistance in peripheral tissues and liver and, as the disease advances, due to a progressive deterioration of the pancreatic β cells which are responsible for the secretion of insulin. Thus, initial therapy of type 2 diabetes may be based on diet and lifestyle changes augmented by therapy with oral hypoglycemic agents such as sulfonylureas. Insulin therapy is often required, however, especially in the latter states of the disease, in order to produce some control of hyperglycemia and minimize complications of the disease. It is known that, in type 2 diabetes, beta cells are susceptible to glucose toxicity, lipotoxicity, chronic oxidative stress, and combinations thereof; in type 1 diabetes, β cells are primarily subject to immune attack and glucose toxicity. A relatively stable blood glucose and lipid level can provide a healthier environment for neogenic islets to develop into mature and functional islets for type 2 diabetic patients; for type 1 diabetes, additional immune modulating agents can provide a desirable physiological environment for the development of neogenic islets.
[0088] The invention additionally provides a method for ameliorating a sign or symptom associated with a metabolic disease in a subject comprising administering a peptide or analog of the invention to the subject. Such a metabolic disease includes, but is not limited to, diabetes, pre-diabetes or metabolic syndrome. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method for ameliorating a sign or symptom associated with a metabolic disease in a subject comprising administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
[0089] Prediabetes is a condition where blood sugar level is higher than normal but not yet high enough to be classified as type 2 diabetes. Metabolic syndrome is a name for a group of risk factors that occur together and increase the risk for coronary artery disease, stroke, and type 2 diabetes. The two most important risk factors for metabolic syndrome are extra weight around the middle and upper parts of the body (central obesity, so-called "apple- shaped") and insulin resistance, where the body uses insulin less effectively than normal. Insulin is needed to help control the amount of sugar in the body. As a result, blood sugar and fat levels rise. Metabolic syndrome is considered to be present if a subject has three or more of the following signs: blood pressure equal to or higher than 130/85 mmHg; fasting blood sugar (glucose) equal to or higher than 100 mg/dL; large waist circumference (length around the waist)(men, 40 inches or more; women, 35 inches or more); low HDL cholesterol (men, under 40 mg/dL; women, under 50 mg/dL); triglycerides equal to or higher than 150 mg/dL.
[0090] One skilled in the art will readily understand and can readily determine appropriate indicators of the effectiveness of the peptides or analogs of the invention at ameliorating a sign or symptom associated with a condition or disease associated with impaired pancreatic function and/or metabolic disease. For example, both type 1 and type 2 diabetes are well characterized diseases with a number of known parameters for diagnosing and/or monitoring the progression of the disease and/or to monitor the effectiveness of a therapy. Such parameters include, but are not limited to, plasma glucose levels, fasting glucose levels, oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT), insulin levels, fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin levels, and the like.
[0091] The peptides or analogs of the invention can therefore be used to ameliorate any one or more of the signs or symptoms associated with impaired pancreatic function and/or metabolic disease. In the case of diabetes, such signs or symptoms include, but are not limited to, impaired glucose tolerance, increased blood glucose (in particular above 200 mg/dl), increased fasting blood glucose (in particular above 140 mg/dl), increased
postprandial (after eating) blood glucose, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, increased glycosylated hemoglobin (HbAlc), and the like. Such signs or symptoms are well known to those skilled in the art and can be routinely determined by those skilled in the art, including tests available through medical testing laboratories. In an embodiment of the invention, the invention provides a method of reducing a sign or symptom associated with a condition such as diabetes, for example, a method of reducing impaired glucose tolerance, blood glucose, in particular daily average blood glucose concentration, fasting blood glucose, postprandial (after eating) blood glucose, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin (HbAlc), arginine-stimulated C-peptide, advanced glycation end products (AGE), or a combination thereof, by administering a peptide or analog of the invention. The method utilizes peptides or analogs of the invention. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method of reducing a sign or symptom associated with a condition such as diabetes, for example, a method of reducing impaired glucose tolerance, blood glucose, in particular daily average blood glucose concentration, fasting blood glucose, postprandial (after eating) blood glucose, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin (HbAlc), arginine- stimulated C-peptide, advanced glycation end products (AGE), or a combination thereof, by administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31. Methods of monitoring the effectiveness of a drug for treating diabetes are well known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Cecil Textbook of Medicine, supra; Harrison 's Principles of Internal Medicine supra, Dungan et al, Diabetes/Metabolism Res. Rev. 25:558-565 (2009); U.S. Patent No. 8,329,648). Thus, the invention provides a method of reducing in a diabetic subject impaired glucose tolerance, blood glucose, fasting blood glucose, postprandial blood glucose, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin (HbAlc), arginine-stimulated C-peptide, advanced glycation end products (AGE), or a combination thereof, by administering a peptide or analog of the invention to the subject. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method of reducing in a diabetic subject impaired glucose tolerance, blood glucose, fasting blood glucose, postprandial blood glucose, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin (HbAlc), arginine- stimulated C-peptide, advanced glycation end products (AGE), or a combination thereof, by administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
[0092] As disclosed herein, the peptides and analogs of the invention were particularly effective at stimulating pancreatic islet cell growth and induction of β-cell clusters (see Example V, Example VIII and Example IX). Exemplary peptides and analogs of the invention exhibited improved islet neogenic effect over parent peptide (Example V, Example VIII and Example IX).
[0093] Thus, the invention additionally provides a method for stimulating pancreatic islet cell growth by contacting a pancreatic islet cell in vitro with a peptide or analog of the invention, whereby proliferation of the pancreatic islet cell is stimulated. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method for stimulating pancreatic islet cell growth by contacting a pancreatic islet cell in vitro with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of producing a population of pancreatic islet cells, comprising contacting one or more pancreatic islet cells in vitro with a peptide or analog of the invention, whereby proliferation of the one or more pancreatic islet cells is stimulated and a population of pancreatic islet cells is produced. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method of producing a population of pancreatic islet cells, comprising contacting one or more pancreatic islet cells in vitro with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. The methods of the invention can be used for ex vivo islet induction, expansion and proliferation for transplantation and for increasing the survival of transplanted islets in vivo utilizing peptides or analogs of the invention. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method for ex vivo islet induction, expansion and proliferation for transplantation and for increasing the survival of transplanted islets in vivo ameliorating using a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
[0094] The methods of the invention can additionally be used to preserve isolated islet cells using peptides or analogs of the invention. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method to preserve isolated islet cells using a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. Thus, the invention provides methods of ex vivo islet expansion and proliferation for transplantation using the peptides or analogs of the invention by contacting islet cells in vitro, increasing the islet cell numbers and optionally using the cells for transplantation. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method of ex vivo islet expansion and proliferation for transplantation using the peptides or analogs of the invention by contacting islet cells in vitro, increasing the islet cell numbers and optionally using the cells for transplantation by contacting the cells with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. The invention also provides a method of increasing the survival of transplanted islets in vivo by administering to a subject a peptide or analog of the invention, wherein the subject is the recipient of transplanted islet cells. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method of increasing the survival of transplanted islets in vivo by administering to a subject by administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. The peptides or analogs of the invention can thus be used to generate cells for transplantation using in vitro and ex vivo methods as well as to increase survival of transplanted islet cells. Such transplanted cells can be obtained from the in vitro methods using the peptides or analogs of the invention or from traditional transplant sources of islet cells such as cadavers. The methods of the invention can further be used to treat a patient with a loss or impaired pancreatic function by administering a peptide or analog of the invention. Such a loss or impairment of pancreatic function can occur, for example, from partial pancreatectomy, such as due to injury, inflammation, neoplasms, hyperinsulinemic hypoglycemia, and the like, or from conditions that affect pancreas function such as cystic fibrosis. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating a patient with a loss or impaired pancreatic function by administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
[0095] In a particular embodiment, the one or more pancreatic islet cells can be obtained from a subject. The population of pancreatic islet cells produced by stimulating proliferation of the pancreatic islet cells can be used, for example, for transplantation into a subject and restoration of pancreatic islet cell function. Thus, a method of the invention can further comprise the step of transplanting the population of pancreatic islet cells into a subject. In a particular embodiment, the one or more pancreatic cells are obtained from the subject into which the population of pancreatic islet cells is to be transplanted. Alternatively, the pancreatic islet cells to be transplanted are obtained from a suitable donor having a compatible blood type.
[0096] Transplantation of pancreatic islets has been described previously (see, for example, Shapiro et al, N. Engl. J. Med. 343 :230-238 (2000)). Pancreatic islet cells can be obtained from the subject or, alternatively, from a suitable donor, including islet cells harvested from a cadaver. Generally, the transplant recipient is administered
immunosuppressive drugs to decrease rejection of the islet cells (see, for example, immunosuppressive drugs described herein). The use of suitable immunosuppressive drugs are well known in the field of organ or cell transplantation. Thus, in methods of the invention in which pancreatic islet cells are stimulated to proliferate in vitro to produce a population of pancreatic islet cells, such a population can be transplanted into a subject using well known methods of pancreatic islet cell transplantation. In addition, peptides or analogs of the invention can be used to induce differentiation of pancreatic ductal cells into islet cells, in particular beta-cells (see Yatoh et al, Diabetes 56: 1802-1809 (2007)). Thus, the invention further provides a method of differentiating pancreatic ductal cells into islet cells by contacting a pancreatic ductal cell with a peptide or analog of the invention. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method of differentiating pancreatic ductal cells into islet cells by contacting a pancreatic ductal cell with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. When the method is performed where the pancreatic ductal cell is contacted in vitro, a population of differentiated pancreatic ductal cells can be generated and used for transplantation, as described herein.
[0097] The invention further provides a method for increasing the number of pancreatic islet cells in a subject comprising administering a peptide or analog of the invention to the subject. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method for increasing the number of pancreatic islet cells in a subject comprising administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. Such a method of therapeutic treatment using peptides or analogs of the invention can be used to increase pancreatic islet cells in an individual, without the need to harvest pancreatic cells from the individual or identify a suitable donor and without the need to put the subject through complex transplantation procedures and the frequently required use of immunosuppressive agents if using donor cells not obtained from the patient.
[0098] As described previously, INGAP peptide has been shown to improve nerve function and enhance nerve regeneration in a diabetic mouse model (Tarn et al, FASEB J. 18: 1767-1769 (2004)). INGAP peptide was also shown to enhance neurite outgrowth in dorsal root ganglia neurons (Tarn et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Communic. 291 :649-654 (2002; Tarn et al, NeuroReport 17: 189-193 (2006)). As described herein, the peptides and analogs of the invention are significantly more active than the INGAP parent peptide and are expected to have a similar but more potent activity than INGAP. Thus, the invention provides a method for promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration by contacting a nerve cell with a peptide or analog the invention, thereby stimulating neuroprotection and/or nerve regeneration. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method for promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration by contacting a nerve cell with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. The contacting with a nerve cell can occur in vivo or in vitro. In the case where the nerve cell is contacted in vivo, the peptide or analog of the invention is administered to a subject as with other therapeutic methods disclosed herein. In the case where the nerve cell is contacted in vitro, the neuroprotected cell can be used in an ex vivo application and the cell administered to the subject. Such methods of introducing nerve cells by way of transplantation are well known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Dunnett et al, Brit. Med. Bulletin 53 :757-776 (1997)). Such transplantations have been performed to treat neurological conditions such as Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease.
[0099] The HIP peptide has been described as accelerating liver regeneration (Lieu et al, Hepatol. 42:618-626 (2005). As described herein, the peptides and analogs of the invention are significantly more active than the HIP parent peptide and are expected to have a similar but more potent activity than HIP. Thus, the invention also provides a method for promoting liver regeneration by contacting a liver cell with a peptide or analog of the invention, thereby promoting liver regeneration. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method for promoting liver regeneration by contacting a liver cell with a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31. The contacting with a liver cell can occur in vivo or in vitro. In the case where the liver cell is contacted in vivo, the peptide or analog of the invention is administered to a subject as with other therapeutic methods disclosed herein. In the case where the liver cell is contacted in vitro, the liver cells can be induced to proliferate, for example, to produce a population of liver cells. The population of liver cells can be used in an ex vivo application and the cells administered to the subject. Methods for transplanting or grafting liver cells onto the liver of a subject are well known to those skilled in the art. The transplanted cells can be used to reconstitute injured, or metabolically defective, liver tissue. Liver cells can be infused into the portal vein or spleen from where cells migrate to the liver and take up permanence residence and perform the normal liver metabolic functions (see, for example, Khan et al, Cell Transplant. 19:409-418 (2010)).
[00100] The HIP protein (also referred to as Pancreatitis-associated protein (PAP)) has been found to exhibit anti-inflammatory activity in vivo and in vitro (Closa et al, World J. Gastroenterol. 13 : 170-174 (2007)). Therefore, the peptides and analogs of the invention are expected to exhibit anti-inflammatory activity. Therefore, the invention further provides a method for inhibiting inflammation by administering a peptide or analog of the invention. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides a method for inhibiting inflammation by administering a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO:31.
[00101] The invention also provides the use of a peptide or analog of the invention for preparation of a medicament for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation in a subject. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides use of a peptide or analog of the SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31 for preparation of a medicament for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting
inflammation in a subject.
[00102] The invention additionally provides use of a peptide or analog of the invention for preparation of a medicament for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation in a subject. Such uses can be, for example, to carry out the methods of the invention disclosed herein. Such peptides or analogs of the invention can be, for example, a peptide or analog of Tables 2 or 3, including other peptides or analogs disclosed herein or formulas disclosed herein. In a particular embodiment, the invention provides use of a peptide or analog of SEQ ID NO: 12 or SEQ ID NO: 31 for preparation of a medicament for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting
neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting
inflammation in a subject.
[00103] As described herein, the peptides and analogs of the invention can be used in a variety of methods. Such methods include, but not limited to, treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation. In many applications of the invention for a therapeutic application, the peptides or analogs of the invention are administered. However, it is understood that an alternative mode is to use gene therapy to express a peptide of the invention by administering a suitable gene therapy vector containing a nucleic acid encoding the peptide to a subject. Such gene therapy methods are described below in more detail and are well known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Anderson, Nature 392 (Supp.):25-30 (1998)).
[00104] A gene delivery vehicle refers to a molecule that can carry inserted
polynucleotides into a host cell. Examples of gene delivery vehicles are liposomes, micells biocompatible polymers, including natural polymers and synthetic polymers; lipoproteins; polypeptides; polysaccharides; lipopolysaccharides; artificial viral envelopes; metal particles; and bacteria, or viruses, such as baculovirus, adenovirus and retrovirus, bacteriophage, cosmid, plasmid, fungal vectors and other recombination vehicles typically used in the art which have been described for expression in a variety of eukaryotic and prokaryotic hosts, and may be used for gene therapy as well as for simple protein expression.
[00105] A peptide or analog of the invention can be delivered to a cell or tissue using a gene delivery vehicle. Gene delivery, gene transfer, transducing, and the like as used herein, are terms referring to the introduction of an exogenous polynucleotide (sometimes referred to as a transgene) into a host cell, irrespective of the method used for the introduction. Such methods include a variety of well-known techniques such as vector-mediated gene transfer (by, e.g., viral infection/transfection, or various other protein-based or lipid-based gene delivery complexes) as well as techniques facilitating the delivery of "naked" polynucleotides (such as electroporation, "gene gun" delivery and various other techniques used for the introduction of polynucleotides). The introduced polynucleotide can be stably or transiently maintained in the host cell. Stable maintenance typically requires that the introduced polynucleotide either contains an origin of replication compatible with the host cell or integrates into a replicon of the host cell such as an extrachromosomal replicon (e.g., a plasmid) or a nuclear or mitochondrial chromosome. A number of vectors are known to be capable of mediating transfer of genes to mammalian cells, as is known in the art.
[00106] A viral vector refers to a recombinantly produced virus or viral particle that comprises a polynucleotide to be delivered into a host cell, either in vivo, ex vivo or in vitro. Examples of viral vectors include retroviral vectors, adenovirus vectors, adeno-associated virus vectors, alphavirus vectors and the like. Alphavirus vectors, such as Semliki Forest virus-based vectors and Sindbis virus-based vectors, have also been developed for use in gene therapy and immunotherapy (see Schlesinger and Dubensky Curr. Opin. Biotechnol. 5:434- 439 (1999) and Ying, et al. Nat. Med. 5(7):823-827 (1999)).
[00107] In aspects where gene transfer is mediated by a retroviral vector, a vector construct refers to the polynucleotide comprising the retroviral genome or part thereof, and a therapeutic gene. As used herein, retroviral mediated gene transfer or retroviral transduction carries the same meaning and refers to the process by which a gene or nucleic acid sequences are stably transferred into the host cell by virtue of the virus entering the cell and integrating its genome into the host cell genome. The virus can enter the host cell via its normal mechanism of infection or be modified such that it binds to a different host cell surface receptor or ligand to enter the cell. As used herein, retroviral vector refers to a viral particle capable of introducing exogenous nucleic acid into a cell through a viral or viral-like entry mechanism. Retroviruses carry their genetic information in the form of RNA; however, once the virus infects a cell, the RNA is reverse-transcribed into the DNA form which integrates into the genomic DNA of the infected cell. The integrated DNA form is called a provirus.
[00108] In aspects where gene transfer is mediated by a DNA viral vector, such as an adenovirus (Ad) or adeno-associated virus (AAV), a vector construct refers to the
polynucleotide comprising the viral genome or part thereof, and a transgene. Adenoviruses (Ads) are a relatively well characterized, homogenous group of viruses, including over 50 serotypes (see, for example, WO 95/27071). Ads do not require integration into the host cell genome. Recombinant Ad derived vectors, particularly those that reduce the potential for recombination and generation of wild-type virus, have also been constructed (see, for example, WO 95/00655 and WO 95/11984). Wild-type AAV has high infectivity and specificity integrating into the host cell's genome (see, for example, Hermonat and
Muzyczka, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81 :6466-6470 (1984) and Lebkowski et al, Mol. Cell. Biol. 8:3988-3996 (1988)).
[00109] Vectors that contain both a promoter and a cloning site into which a
polynucleotide can be operatively linked are well known in the art. Such vectors are capable of transcribing RNA in vitro or in vivo, and are commercially available from sources such as Stratagene (La Jolla, CA) and Promega Biotech (Madison, WI). In order to optimize expression and/or in vitro transcription, it may be necessary to remove, add or alter 5 ' and/or 3 ' untranslated portions of the clones to eliminate extra, potential inappropriate alternative translation initiation codons or other sequences that may interfere with or reduce expression, either at the level of transcription or translation. Alternatively, consensus ribosome binding sites can be inserted immediately 5' of the start codon to enhance expression.
[00110] Gene delivery vehicles also include DNA/liposome complexes, micelles and targeted viral protein-DNA complexes. Liposomes that also comprise a targeting antibody or fragment thereof can be used in the methods of this invention. To enhance delivery to a cell, the nucleic acid or proteins of this invention can be conjugated to antibodies or binding fragments thereof which bind cell surface antigens, for example, a cell surface marker found on pancreatic islet cells.
[00111] In yet another embodiment, the invention provides a method of introducing a peptide or analog of the invention into a subject by contacting a cell with a nucleic acid encoding a peptide or analog of the invention. The contacting of a cell with the nucleic acid can occur in vitro, for ex vivo applications, or in vivo. Such methods are often referred to as gene therapy methods. When the cell is contacted in vitro, the cells expressing the polynucleotide can be administered to the subject. Such methods permit the expression of a therapeutic protein or peptide, such as the peptides or analogs of the invention, for therapeutic applications. Such therapeutic applications can be used for treating various diseases and conditions, including but not limited to treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation, as disclosed herein.
[00112] It is understood that modifications which do not substantially affect the activity of the various embodiments of this invention are also provided within the definition of the invention provided herein. Accordingly, the following examples are intended to illustrate but not limit the present invention.
EXAMPLE I
Production of Peptides and Peptide Analogs
[00113] This example describes the production of peptides and peptide analogs.
[00114] All the peptides used in the studies were synthesized by solid phase peptide synthesis using 9-fluorenylmethoxy carbonyl (Fmoc) chemistry. In brief, a pre-weighed amount of 2-chlorotrityl chloride resin (1.6 mmol/g) was swelled in dichloromethane (DCM). For peptides with an amidated C-terminus, Rink amide resin was used instead of 2- chlorotrityl chloride resin. Fmoc-preactivated amino acids were used for the coupling reactions in the presence of hydroxybenzotriazole (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO, USA) in dimethylformamide (DMF). Excess amino acids were used throughout the synthesis. Chain elongation reaction was performed followed by Fmoc deprotection in 20% piperidine in DMF. When the chain elongation reaction was finished, the Fmoc protecting groups were removed from the N terminus of the peptides by 25% piperidine in DMF followed by washing with DMF for four times. For peptides with an acetylated N-terminus, before trifluoroacetic acid (TF A) cleavage, a solution of 20% acetic anhydride dissolved in DMF was added at a ratio of 7 mL/g resin, reacted for 30 mins, followed by 4 times washes with DMF and DCM. Following washing for four times with DMF and DCM, the resin was dried under vacuum. Subsequently, the prepared peptides were cleaved from the resin using standard TFA cleavage procedures in TFA with 5% H20 followed by multiple ether extractions. All synthetic peptides were purified to >95% by reverse-phase high-pressure liquid chromatography performed with a liquid chromatograph. Peptides were analyzed by mass spectrometry to confirm the identity and purity.
[00115] For in vitro and ex-vivo studies, the above prepared peptides were dissolved in double distilled water to make a stock solution, and in the in vivo efficacy study they were reconstituted in sterile normal saline to reach the desired concentration. The final peptide solution was filtered through a 0.22 μπι membrane to make it sterile.
[00116] The peptides and analogs can also be produced using other well known methods, including manufacturing the peptides using a method of peptide synthesis or expressing nucleic acids that code for the desired peptides or peptide analogs. Thus, when the analogs include one or more non-standard amino acids, it is more likely that they will be produced by a chemical synthetic method. When the peptides include only one or more substitutions with standard amino acids, the peptides can be expressed from an expression vector using well known expression methods.
[00117] The particular peptides used in the experiments below can be found in Tables 1-3.
EXAMPLE II
Stimulatory Effect of Peptides on Cell Proliferation
[00118] This example describes the effect of peptides and analogs on pancreatic cell growth. [00119] To measure cell proliferation, a bromodeoxyuridine (BrdU) ELISA assay was performed. Briefly, ARIP cells (ATCC (American Type Culture Collection), Manassas VA USA), a rat pancreatic ductal cell line, were cultured in F-12K medium (Gibco-BRL, Gaithersburg, MD, USA) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; HyClone, Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc.; Waltham MA USA), 100 μg/ml streptomycin and 100 μg/ml penicillin in a cell incubator. ARIP cells were seeded into 96-well culture plates at 8000 or 0 (as blank control) cells/well in a volume of 50 μΐ cell culture medium and incubated overnight for the following experiments. On the second day, after replacing the medium with medium without serum, 50 μΐ serum-free cell culture medium containing test peptides at a series
concentrations (final concentrations were 10 μΜ, 5 μΜ, 1 μΜ, 500 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 10 nM and InM) were added to seeded cells. Medium without compound was added to negative control and background control wells. The medium was replaced at 24 h and 48 h respectively with fresh medium. At 69 hours, the medium was supplemented with 10 μΐ bromodeoxyuridine (BrdU) labeling solution (except the background control wells) from a BrdU cell proliferation ELISA kit (Roche Applied Science; Indianapolis IN USA), and incubated for an additional 3 hours. At 72 hours, labeling medium was removed, and 200 μΐ/well of FixDenat solution was added. After 30 minutes of incubation time, FixDenat solution was removed thoroughly and 100 μΐ/well of anti-BrdU antibody working solution was added and incubated at room temperature (RT) for 90 minutes. Antibody conjugate was removed and wells were rinsed three times with 250 μΐ/well Washing solution (IX PBS). After removing washing solution, 100 μΐ/well of Substrate solution was added and incubated at RT for 15 min, then 25 μΐ/well of 1 M H2S04 was added, and the plate was incubated for about 1 min on the shaker to mix thoroughly. The absorbance at 450 nm (reference wavelength 690 nm) on an En Vision™ plate reader (Perkin Elmer, Boston MA) within 5 min after adding the stop solution was measured.
[00120] To test for cell viability, a CellTiter-Glo™ (CTG) assay (Promega, Madison WI) was performed. Briefly, ARIP cells (ATCC, cat# CRL-1674) were cultured in F-12K medium (Gibco-BRL) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; HyClone), 100 μg/ml streptomycin and 100 μg/ml penicillin in a cell incubator. ARIP cells were seeded into 96- well culture plates at 8000 and 0 (as blank control) cells/well in the volume of 50 μΐ cell culture medium and incubated overnight for the following experiments. On the second day, after replacing the medium with medium without serum, 50 μΐ serum- free cell culture medium containing test peptides at a series of concentrations (final concentrations were 10 μΜ, 5 μΜ, 1 μΜ, 500 ηΜ, 100 ηΜ, 50 ηΜ, 10 nM and ΙηΜ) were added to seeded cells. Medium without compound was added to negative control and background control wells. The medium was replaced at 24h and 48h respectively with fresh medum. At 72 hours, 25 μΐ of CellTiter-Glo® reagent was added to each well and mixed on an orbital shaker for 2 mins. Luminescence signal was quantified on an En Vision™ plate reader after a 10 minute incubation at room temperature.
[00121] Figure 1 shows the comparison of ARIP cell proliferation in the presence of 100 nM of INGAP Scrambled PP 1 (Peptide 3), INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), and Peptide 7 (peptides shown in Table 2). Figure 1 shows that there was an increase in cell number at a peptide concentration of 100 nM. Peptide 7 showed a significantly higher percentage increase in cell number compared to the INGAP scrambled peptide, a negative control, and INGAP-PP peptide.
EXAMPLE III
Peptide Stability Studies
[00122] This example describes stability studies of peptides in various conditions.
[00123] To determine the stability of peptides in culture medium, a certain amount of selected peptides was accurately weighed and dissolved in distilled water to 5 mg/mL as a stock solution. The stock solution was diluted to 0.25 mg/mL with F-12K medium (Gibco- BRL, Gaithersburg, MD, USA) as working solution. A volume of 100 of each working solution was transferred into individual sample vials. The sample vials were incubated in a 37 °C incubator for 0, 24, 48 and 72 hours before being analyzed and quantitated by UPLC.
[00124] Figure 2 shows the stability of compounds in culture medium. In particular, Figure 2 shows a stability comparison in culture medium of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 7 and Peptide 8 (see Table 2). As shown in Figure 2, peptide analogs Peptide 7 and Peptide 8 were significantly more stable than INGAP-PP peptide in culture medium.
[00125] The stability of peptides was also tested in mouse and human plasma. Briefly, a certain amount of peptides and eucatropine powder (positive control) was accurately weighed. Test compounds were dissolved in 50% methanol-water solution and diluted to 20 mg/mL, and eucatropine was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and diluted to 10 mM, as a stock solution. Eucatropine stock solution was diluted to 0.2 mM with DMSO as a working solution. A stop reagent was prepared containing 200 ng/mL midazolam and tolbutamide in acetonitrile. A volume of 300 μΐ. of stop solution was added to each well of a 96-well deep-well plate placed on ice beforehand.
[00126] For the stability studies, peptides and eucatropine were spiked into plasma respectively, mixed well, and then 100 μΙ_, of each mixture solution was transferred into the pre-cooled stop reagent as 0 time point sample. The remaining mixtures were incubated in a 37 °C water bath with shaking at 100 rpm (n = 2). The final incubation concentration was 1 μΜ for eucatropine and 100 μg/mL for all test compounds.
[00127] At desired time points, 100 μΙ_, of incubation mixture was transferred to the stop reagent to precipitate proteins. Samples were vortexed and centrifuged at RCF 5000xg for 10 minutes, and supernatant was transferred to a test plate. The samples were analyzed by LC- MS/MS.
[00128] Slope was calculated by plotting the natural logarithm of the percentage of remaining amount of test compounds and time, and T 2 was calculated in accordance with the following formula.
0.693
Figure imgf000050_0001
- slope
[00129] For stability in mouse plasma, the incubation time was 0, 5, 15, 30 and 60 min for Peptide 1 and eucatropine; 0, 15, 30, 60, 120, 240 and 480 min for Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 29. Figure 3 shows stability of compounds in mouse plasma. In particular, Figure 3 shows a stability comparison in mouse plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 29 (see Table 2). As shown in Figure 3, peptide analogs Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 29 exhibited good stability in mouse plasma and were more stable than INGAP-PP (Peptide 1).
[00130] In another stability study in mouse plasma, the incubation time was 0, 30, 60 and 120 min for Peptide 2 and eucatropine; 0, 30, 60, 120, 240 and 960 min for Peptide 52 and Peptide 54. Figure 5 shows stability of compounds in mouse plasma. In particular, Figure 5 shows a stability comparison in mouse plasma of HIP (Peptide 2) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 52 and Peptide 54 (see Table 3). As shown in Figure 5, peptide analogs Peptide 52 and Peptide 54 exhibited good stability in mouse plasma and were significantly more stable than HIP (Peptide 2).
[00131] For stability in human plasma, the incubation time was 0, 30, 60 and 120 min for Peptide 1, Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and eucatropine. Figure 4 shows the stability of compounds in human plasma. In particular, Figure 4 shows a stability comparison in human plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 (see Table 2). As shown in Figure 4, peptide analogs Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 exhibited good stability in human plasma and were significantly more stable than INGAP-PP (Peptide 1).
[00132] These results demonstrate that various peptide analogs exhibit good stability under various conditions, including culture medium and mouse and human plasma, and exhibit superior stability over INGAP-PP and HIP peptides.
EXAMPLE IV
Efficacy of Peptide Analogs in a Diabetic Mouse Model
[00133] This example describes an in vivo efficacy study using a streptozotocin (STZ) induced diabetic mice model.
[00134] After acclimatization in the animal facility for one week, 6-8 weeks old C57BL/6J mice were administered low dose STZ at 40 mg/kg in citrate buffer for 5 consecutive days to establish a T1D animal model. Mice with blood glucose greater than 16.7 mmol/L at 5 days post last STZ injection were included in the study. These mice were then treated with INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) or Peptide 7 at the doses of 5 mg/kg (2.5 mg/kg, bid (twice a day)) or 25 mg/kg (12.5 mg/kg, bid) for 20 days before sacrifices. Two additional groups of diabetic mice were administered either saline or a peptide (Peptide 3) composed of a scrambled sequence of amino acids from Peptide 1 as control groups. Blood glucose and insulin levels were measured, and 20 days post the last dosing of test agents, an oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) was performed in 6 hour fasted animals to determine the effect of Peptide 1 and Peptide 7. Blood samples obtained from the tail cut for glucose determination were detected with an ACCU-CHEK™ glucometer (Roche, ACCU-CHEK® Active), and insulin levels were determined with Rat/Mouse Insulin Elisa kit (Millipore, Billerica, MA USA). For the OGTT, after the measurement of the basal glucose concentration (T = - 30 min), mice received an oral glucose challenge at 2 g/kg and glucose values were determined by glucometer at 0, 15, 30, 60, 90 and 120 min.
[00135] Figure 6 shows the efficacy comparison of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), INGAP Scrambled PP 1 (Peptide 3) and Peptide 7 in STZ induced diabetic mice model. Figure 6A shows the blood glucose (BG, mM) on day 21 of treatment. Figure 6B shows the fasting insulin levels (ng/ml) on day 21 of treatment. Figure 6C shows the area under curve (AUC) of glucose (To~i20min) measured in an oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) on day 21 of treatment.
[00136] Administration of Peptide 1 and Peptide 7 (either 5mg/kg or 25mg/kg) for 20 days did not affect body weight or pancreas weight. Significant differences in blood glucose levels were demonstrated between the mouse group administered Peptide 7 and the saline control group (Figure 6A). Moreover, one of the most striking results was that plasma insulin levels of the Peptide 7 treated animals (25 mg/kg dose group) at the end of the 20-day period were significantly different from saline controls and almost restored to the level of the naive group (Figure 6B). In addition, the Peptide 7 treated groups also demonstrated improved glucose tolerance (Figure 6C).
[00137] These results demonstrate that a representative peptide analog, peptide 7, was effective at ameliorating signs and symptoms of diabetes in a diabetic mouse model.
EXAMPLE V
The Effect of Peptides on Induction of Small β-cell Clusters
[00138] This example describes the effects of peptides on the induction of small β-cell clusters in normal C57BL/6J mice.
[00139] After a 1-week acclimation, C57BL/6J female mice were randomly divided into 4 groups. The two control groups received either lOmL/kg sterile normal saline (n=4) or scrambled peptide (Peptide 3, 25mg/kg) (n=5) via subcutaneous injection for 10 days. The other two groups received INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) or INGAP-PP analog Peptide 7 at a dose of 25 mg/kg per day respectively (n=7 per group) for the same period. Body weight and 6 hour fasting blood glucose were measured before treatment and after the last dosing of treatment. Plasma and pancreatic insulin were also measured at the end of the study. On day 11, the pancreas was removed from each animal, cleared of fat and lymph nodes, weighed, and fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin ( BF) for no longer than 24 hours before processing for morphometric analysis.
[00140] Compared to the saline group, administration of Peptide 3, Peptide 1, or Peptide 7 to normal mice for 10 days did not affect body weight, blood glucose, plasma insulin, pancreas insulin, or pancreas weight. Immunohistochemistry analysis was used to determine pancreatic islet size distribution. Figure 7 shows pancreatic islet size distribution in female C57BL/6J mice at 10 days of peptide treatment. For the islet size (expressed as Log [μπι2]) ranging from 4.9 to 2.3, there was no difference for each group, whereas for the islet size ranging from 2.1 to 0.7, the numbers increased significantly in the mice treated with Peptide 7 (p<0.05 or 0.01 versus the naive/control group)(Figure 7). The increase in the Peptide 1 treated mice was only observed in islet size of 2.1 (p<0.05 versus the naive/control group).
[00141] These results indicated the improved islet neogenic effect of designed INGAP-PP analogs. It is of note that among all parameters measured, there was no difference for mice treated with normal saline or scrambled peptide.
EXAMPLE VI
The Effect of Peptides on Glucose-stimulated Insulin Secretion
[00142] This example describes the effect of peptides on glucose-stimulated insulin secretion (GSIS).
[00143] The pancreases were procured from male adult Sprague-Dawley (SD) rats. After 7 days acclimation, the animals were sacrificed by cervical dislocation and the entire pancreas was removed and digested with collagenase to isolate islets. After digestion, islets were maintained at 37 °C in RPMI 1640 (Carlsbad CA, USA) pH 7.4, containing 10% (v/v) fetal calf serum, 1% penicillin/streptomycin, and 10 mM glucose in a humid atmosphere (5% C02/95% 02), without the addition of any compound (control), or with the addition of 100 nM glucagon like peptide-1 (GLP-1); or 10μg/mL Peptide 1, Peptide 12, or Peptide 16, as summarized in Table 4 below. Table 4. Parameters for Various Groups Tested for Glucose-stimulated Insulin Secretion (GSIS)
A
B
C
D
Figure imgf000054_0001
[00144] Cultured islets were rinsed in Krebs-Ringer bicarbonate buffer (KRB), pH 7.4, previously gassed with a mixture of C02/02 (5/95%), and pre-incubated in 1.0 ml of KRB containing 0.5% (w/v) BSA and 1.5 mM glucose at 37 °C for 45 min. After this period, groups of 5 islets were incubated in 0.6 ml KRB with the addition of 1.5 or 12.0 mM glucose, with or without the addition of peptides for 60 min. At the end of the incubation period, aliquots of the medium were collected for insulin quantitation.
[00145] The results of the insulin quantitation are shown in Figure 8. Figure 8 shows the increase of glucose-stimulated insulin secretion of islets with or without the co-incubation of selected peptides (10 μg/mL), Peptide 12, Peptide 16 and Peptide 1. Co-incubation with lOOnM Glucagon like peptide - 1 (GLP-1) was included as a positive control. At 12.0 mM glucose concentration, pancreatic islets cultured with peptides GLP-1, Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 released significantly more insulin than those cultured without the addition of peptides. In particular, INGAP-PP analogs Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 showed 2-3 fold higher stimulation of insulin secretion than GLP-1. In contrast, no stimulation was observed with the addition of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) (Figure 8).
[00146] These results demonstrate that INGAP-PP analogs stimulated insulin secretion from pancreatic islet cells.
EXAMPLE VII
Pharmacokinetic Properties of Peptides in Rat and Mouse
[00147] This example describes in vivo pharmacokinetic (PK) properties of peptides in rat and mouse.
[00148] After 7 days acclimation, male Sprague-Dawley (SD) rats weighing 210-250 g, or male C57BL/6 mice, weighing 19-24 g, in good health were used in the study. Peptide 1, Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 were dissolved in sterile normal saline and then they were injected via subcutaneous (sc) bolus or intravenous (iv) bolus at the dose level of 25mg/kg. Three animals in each group were used for blood collection at the time point of 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h, 4 h, 6h, 8h and 24 h post-dose. Blood samples (approximately 400 ιΏ) were collected and placed into tubes containing EDTA-K2 and centrifuged at 8000 rpm for 6 minutes at 4°C to separate plasma from the samples. The resulting plasma was stored frozen at -80°C until being analyzed.
[00149] Plasma concentrations of peptides were determined using tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) analysis. A non-compartmental module of WinNonlin®
Professional 5.2 (Pharsight; St. Louis MO), was used to calculate PK parameters. Selected PK parameters are presented in Table 5 below. The abbreviation AUQo-t) represents area under the curve from the time of dosing to the time of the last observation, the AUC(o-∞) represents area under the curve from the time of dosing to infinity, and the Cmax represents maximum concentration detected. Table 5. Pharmacokinetic Parameters in Treated Mice and Rats
Figure imgf000056_0001
[00150] Compared to INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), the peptide analogs Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 showed marked improved PK properties evidenced by the significant increase in the area under the plasma concentration-time curves (AUC) and the maximum concentration (Cmax) in mouse and rat.
[00151] These results demonstrate that the INGAP-PP peptide analogs exhibited significantly improved pharmacokinetic properties over INGAP-PP.
Example VIII
Effect of Peptides on Induction of Extra Islet Insulin Positive β cell Clusters
[00152] This example describes the effects of peptides on the induction of extra islet insulin positive β cell clusters in normal C57BL/6J mice.
[00153] After a 1-week acclimation, female C57BL/6J mice were randomly divided into 6 groups (n=5 per group). The control group received lOmL/kg sterile normal saline via subcutaneous injection for 10 consecutive days. The other five groups received INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) or INGAP-PP analogs Peptide 12, Peptide 16, Peptide 29 or Peptide 31 at a dose of 50 mg/kg or 5mg/kg per day, respectively, for the same period. On day 11, the pancreas was removed from each animal, cleared of fat and lymph nodes, weighed, and fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin (NBF) for no longer than 24 hours before processing for morphometric analysis.
[00154] Immunohistochemistry analysis was used to assess the islet neogenic activities of peptides by measuring the number and area of extra islet insulin positive β cell clusters (EIC) of pancreatic tissues harvested from each individual group post 10 day treatment. EIC is indicative of islet neogenesis, as previously described by Lipsett and Finegood {Diabetes 51 : 1834-1841 (2002)). [00155] Comparing to the saline treated group, there was a significant increase of number and area of EIC in peptide treated groups. Figure 9 A shows the number of EIC in female C57BL/6J mice after 10 days of treatment. Figure 9B shows the total area of EIC in female C57BL/6J mice after 10 days of treatment. Figure 9C shows representative ductal associated EIC in pancreas after administration of INGAP-PP peptide or INGAP-PP analog. The INGAP-PP or INGAP-PP analog treated groups exhibited a significant increase in the EIC number and EIC area compared with saline treated group. Noteworthy is that the EIC number and area in Peptide 31 (5mg/kg) treated group are statistically greater than that of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) (50mg/kg) treated group (p<0.05).
[00156] The results demonstrated the biological activities of INGAP-PP and its analogs in stimulating the islet neogenesis in normal mice after 10 days treatment. Importantly, for Peptide 12 or Peptide 31 treated groups, comparable or improved efficacy was achieved at a dose one tenth of INGAP-PP, indicating improved potency of INGAP-PP analogs.
Example IX
Effect of Peptides on Islet Neogenesis Reflected by Pancreatic Islet Size Distribution
[00157] This example describes the islet neogenesis effects of peptides reflected by pancreatic islet size distribution in normal C57BL/6J mice.
[00158] After a 1-week acclimation, female C57BL/6J mice were randomly divided into 4 groups (n=6 per group). The control group received lOmL/kg sterile normal saline via subcutaneous injection for 10 consecutive days. The other three groups received INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) at the dose of 25 mg/kg/day or INGAP-PP analog Peptide 12 or Peptide 31 at the dose of 0.25 mg/kg/day, respectively, for the same period. Different doses of INGAP-PP or INGAP-PP analogs were used in the study based on efficacious dose of INGAP-PP known in the art and the pharmacokinetic properties characterizations of INGAP-PP analogs. On day 11, the pancreas was removed from each animal, cleared of fat and lymph nodes, and fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin (NBF) for no longer than 24 hours before processing for immunohistochemistry analysis. Insulin stained positive sections were traced and quantitated using image analysis software (Olympus DP70 microscope connected by video camera to a computer equipped with Image-Pro Plus software version 6.0), and the islet size distribution analysis was carried out. [00159] Compared to the saline treated groups, mice treated with INGAP-PP or INGAP- PP analogs for 10 days showed a shift towards to small islet size showed in Figure 10. In particular, there is about 50% of increase for islet size smaller than 1000 μιη2 in peptide treated groups (60% of islet population in peptide treated group versus 40% in saline group), whereas no difference for islet size between 1000 and 5000 μιη2, and about 50% of decrease for islet size greater than 5000 μιη2 (about 10% of islet population in peptide treated group versus 20% in saline group).
[00160] These results show that INGAP-PP and INGAP-PP analogs exhibited a shift towards small islet size. In addition, the INGAP-PP analogs tested exhibited the activity at 1/100 the dosage of INGAP-PP.
EXAMPLE X
Pharmacokinetics Properties of Peptides in SD Rats
[00161] This example describes in vivo pharmacokinetic (PK) properties of peptides after a single subcutaneous (sc) administration to SD rat.
[00162] After 7 days acclimation, a total of 15 male Sprague-Dawley (SD) rats (body weight: 230 to 270 g) in good health from Sino-British SIPPR/BK Lab Animal Ltd,
Shanghai, were used in the study. All peptides, Peptide 1, Peptide 12, Peptide 16, Peptide 29 or Peptide 31, were dissolved in sterile normal saline respectively to yield the desired final concentrations and were administered via single subcutaneous (sc) dose. Detailed information for the pharmacokinetic studies is presented in Table 6.
Table 6. Group and Dosing Information for Pharmacokinetic (PK) Studies
Group Number of Dose Level
Sex Test Article
Number Animals (mg/kg)
1 Male 3 Peptide 1 25
2 Male 3 Peptide 12 25
3 Male 3 Peptide 16 25
4 Male 3 Peptide 29 25
5 Male 3 Peptide 31 25 [00163] Three animals in each group were used for blood collection at the time point of 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h, 4 h, 6h, 8h and 24 h post-dose. Blood samples (approximately 400 μί) were collected and placed into tubes containing EDTA-K2 (dipotassium ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid) and centrifuged at 8000 rpm for 6 minutes at 4°C to separate plasma from the samples. The resulting plasma was stored frozen at -80°C until being analyzed.
[00164] Plasma concentrations of peptides were determined using tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) analysis. A non-compartmental module of WinNonlin®
Professional 5.2 (Pharsight; St. Louis MO) was used to calculate PK parameters. Selected PK parameters are presented in Table 7 below. AUQo-t) represents area under the curve from the time of dosing to the time of the last observation, the AUC(0-∞) represents area under the curve from the time of dosing to infinity, and the Cmax represents maximum concentration detected.
Table 7. Selected Pharmacokinetic Parameters in in Sprague-Dawley Rat Following
Subcutaneous Administration
Dose
Sex
Level AUC(o-t) AUC(o-oo) Cmax
Testing
Peptide Male/
mg/kg μg/L*hr μg/L*hr μg/L
Female
Peptide 1 Male 25 294.13±124.80 297.86±122.41 1188.86±609.56
Peptide 12 Male 25 11063.21±1366.62 11160.28±1211.17 21363.99±1354.43
Peptide 16 Male 25 11177.17±1884.33 11179.40±1883.66 22055.34±5872.06
Peptide 29 Male 25 14432.93±1005.09 14435.76±1003.61 16285.43±2522.07
Peptide 31 Male 25 15562.38±1529.00 15563.32±1528.94 25975.89±3098.76
[00165] Compared to INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), the analogs Peptide 12, Peptide 16, Peptide 29 and Peptide 31 showed improved PK properties as evidenced by the significant increase in AUC and Cmax in SD rat with the same sex and at the same dose level.
[00166] To further characterize the pharmacokinetic (PK) properties of peptides, peptide concentration in pancreas - the target organ, was determined 30 min post dose. Briefly, INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), Peptide 12, or Peptide 31 was dissolved in sterile normal saline and then was administered via subcutaneous (sc) bolus at the dose level of 25mg/kg to male Sprague-Dawley (SD) rats. Five animals in each group were used for blood and pancreas collection at the time point of 30 min post-dose. Blood samples (approximately 400 μί) were collected and placed into tubes containing EDTA-K2 and centrifuged at 8000 rpm for 6 minutes at 4°C to separate plasma from the samples. After blood extraction and animal sacrifice, the pancreas was removed immediately from each animal, cleared of fat and lymph nodes, weighed, and placed into 5 fold volume of ice cold sterile normal saline with protease inhibitor cocktail (Merck Millipore, catalogue # 539137) to homogenize with a homogenizer.
[00167] The peptide concentration of the plasma and pancreatic homogenate was determined immediately using tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) analysis and the results are presented in Table 8.
Table 8. Peptide Concentration in Plasma and Pancreas
Sample Peptide concentration (ng/mL)
Type Peptide 1 Peptide 12 Peptide 31
Plasma 209.81±107.08 5374.81±980.67 15356.49±3516.52
Pancreas NA 877.22±261.07 1633.48±339.93
NA: Below the lower limit of quantitation (LLOQ) 2.5ng/mL
[00168] Compared to INGAP-PP (Peptide 1), the peptide analogs Peptide 12 and Peptide 31 showed improved PK properties evidenced by the significant increase in the plasma and pancreas concentration.
[00169] These results demonstrated that compared to INGAP-PP, the INGAP-PP peptide analogs exhibited significantly improved in vivo pharmacokinetic properties.
EXAMPLE XI
Peptide Stability Studies
[00170] This example describes stability studies of peptides in various conditions.
[00171] To determine the stability of peptides in culture medium, a certain amount of selected peptides was accurately weighed and dissolved in distilled water to 5 mg/mL as a stock solution. The stock solution was diluted to 0.25 mg/mL with F-12K medium (Gibco- BRL, Gaithersburg, MD, USA) as working solution. A volume of 100 of each working solution was transferred into individual sample vials. The sample vials were incubated in a 37°C incubator for 0, 24, 48 and 72 hours before being analyzed and quantitated by HPLC. [00172] Figure 11 shows the stability of compounds in culture medium. In particular, Figure 11 shows a stability comparison in culture medium of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12 and Peptide 16. As shown in Figure 11, peptide analogs Peptide 12 and Peptide 16 were significantly more stable than INGAP-PP peptide in culture medium.
[00173] The stability of peptides was also tested in rat, mouse and human plasma. Briefly, a certain amount of peptides and eucatropine powder (positive control) was accurately weighed. Test compounds were dissolved in 50% methanol-water solution and diluted to 20 mg/mL, and eucatropine was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and diluted to 10 mM, as a stock solution. Eucatropine stock solution was diluted to 0.2 mM with DMSO as a working solution. A stop reagent was prepared containing 200 ng/mL midazolam and tolbutamide in acetonitrile. A volume of 300 μΐ. of stop solution was added to each well of a 96-well deep-well plate placed on ice beforehand.
[00174] For the stability studies, peptides and eucatropine were spiked into plasma respectively, mixed well, and then 100 μΙ_, of each mixture solution was transferred into the pre-cooled stop reagent as 0 time point sample. The remaining mixtures were incubated in a 37°C water bath with shaking at 100 rpm (n = 2). The final incubation concentration was 1 μΜ for eucatropine and 100 μg/mL for all test compounds.
[00175] At desired time points, 100 μΙ_, of incubation mixture was transferred to the stop reagent to precipitate proteins. Samples were vortexed and centrifuged at RCF 5000xg for 10 minutes, and supernatant was transferred to a test plate. The samples were analyzed by LC- MS/MS.
[00176] Slope was calculated by plotting the natural logarithm of the percentage of remaining amount of test compounds and time, and T 2 was calculated in accordance with the following formula.
0.693
Figure imgf000061_0001
- slope
[00177] For stability in rat plasma, the incubation time was 0, 15, 30, 60 and 120 min for Peptide 1 and eucatropine, and 0, 15, 30, 60, 120, and 240 min for Peptide 12, Peptide 16, Peptide 29 and Peptide 31. Figure 12 shows stability of compounds in rat plasma. In particular, Figure 12 shows a stability comparison in rat plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 12, Peptide 16, Peptide 29 and Peptide 31. As shown in Figure 12, peptide analogs Peptide 12, Peptide 16, Peptide 29 and Peptide 31 exhibited good stability in rat plasma and were more stable than INGAP-PP (Peptide 1).
[00178] In another stability study in rat plasma, the incubation time was 0, 30, 60 120 and 240 min for Peptide 2, Peptide 52, Peptide 64 and eucatropine. Figure 13 shows stability of compounds in rat plasma. In particular, Figure 13 shows a stability comparison in rat plasma of HIP (Peptide 2) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 52 and Peptide 62. As shown in Figure 13, peptide analogs Peptide 52 and Peptide 62 exhibited good stability in rat plasma and were significantly more stable than HIP (Peptide 2).
[00179] For stability in mouse plasma, the incubation time was 0, 15, 30, 60 and 120 min for Peptide 1 and eucatropine; 0, 15, 30, 60, 120, and 240 min for Peptide 31. Figure 14 shows stability of compounds in mouse plasma. In particular, Figure 14 shows a stability comparison in mouse plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and Peptide 31. As shown in Figure 14, Peptide 31 exhibited good stability in mouse plasma and was more stable than INGAP-PP (Peptide 1).
[00180] For stability in human plasma, the incubation time was 0, 15, 30, 60, 120 and 240 min for Peptide 1, Peptide 29, Peptide 31 and eucatropine. Figure 15 shows the stability of compounds in human plasma. In particular, Figure 15 shows a stability comparison in human plasma of INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) and selected peptide analogs, Peptide 29 and Peptide 31. As shown in Figure 15, peptide analogs Peptide 29 and Peptide 31 exhibited good stability in human plasma and were significantly more stable than INGAP-PP (Peptide 1).
[00181] Peptide stability in buffers was tested for INGAP-PP and selected analogs.
lOmg/mL of Peptide 1, Peptide 12, Peptide 16, Peptide 29 or Peptide 31 was dissolved in isotonic buffers with pH ranging from 4.0 to 8.0. Similar to Peptide 1, Peptide 16 and Peptide 31 were found to be more stable in buffers with pH from 4.0 to 6.0, whereas Peptide 12 and Peptide 29 were more stable in buffers with pH from 6.0 to 8.0. A further study to evaluate the peptide stability in buffers found that Peptide 16 and Peptide 31 were stable in an isotonic acetate buffer (pH 5.0) for up to 90 days at 4 °C, and less than 7 days at 25°C.
Peptide 12 and Peptide 29 were stable in an isotonic phosphate buffer (pH 7.4) for more than 90 days at 4°C (there was no sign of degradation at 90 days sample check point), and 60 days at 25°C.
[00182] These results demonstrate that various peptide analogs exhibit good stability under various conditions, including culture medium, rat, mouse and human plasma, and exhibit superior stability over INGAP-PP and HIP peptides.
EXAMPLE XII
Sustained Release Systems for Long-Acting Delivery
[00183] This example describes the usage of various biocompatible and biodegradable materials to develop sustained release systems of INGAP-PP and analogs for clinical applications of INGAP-PP and analogs.
[00184] Biocompatible polymer containing poly (ethylene glycol) (PEG) segment at a concentration of 0.5% w/w to 20% w/w of the final weight of the composition, a- cyclodextrin at a concentration of 5% w/w to 15% w/w of the final weight of the
composition, INGAP-PP and/or its analogs at a concentration of 0.1% w/w to 20% w/w of the final weight of the composition and phosphate buffer saline (PBS) was evaluated.
Biocompatible polymer containing PEG segment, for example, Pluronic F127, Pluronic F38, Pluronic F68, Pluronic F87, Pluronic F108, Jeffamine ED-2003, and analogue can also be incorporated to form the supramolecular hydrogel system. The PEG, biocompatible polymer containing PEG segment, and a-cyclodextrin can be dissolved either alone or in a premixed form, INGAP-PP and/or its analogs can be dispersed directly in PBS, then mixed with PEG mixture. The mixed solution is then sonicated to form a hydrogel. Figure 16 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of hydrogel containing Pluronic F127. Figure 17 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of hydrogel containing Jeffamine ED-2003.
[00185] A sustained release system with the composition of sucrose acetate isobutyrate (SAIB), INGAP-PP and/or its analogs, and a solvent was also evaluated. Useful formulations comprise SAIB at a concentration of 45% w/w to 85% w/w of the final weight of the composition, INGAP-PP and/or its analogs at a concentration of 0.1% w/w to 20% w/w of the final weight of the composition, and the rest is a solvent. The solvent can be selected from ethanol, acetone, ethyl acetate, or any other solvents that can dissolve SAIB. Figure 18 shows a representative in vitro INGAP-PP (Peptide 1) release curve of SABER gel system. [00186] The sustained release systems described above demonstrated that feasibility of long acting release dosage forms of INGAP-PP or its analogs.
[00187] Throughout this application various publications have been referenced. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference in this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this invention pertains. Although the invention has been described with reference to the examples provided above, it should be understood that various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the invention.

Claims

claims What is claimed is:
1. A peptide or analog thereof comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of:
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO:7); and IGLHDP SHGTLP AG (SEQ ID NO:73).
2. The peptide or analog of claim 1, wherein the peptide or analog comprises a peptide or analog selected from:
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO:7);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AG (SEQ ID NO:73);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGSK (SEQ ID NO:9);
IGLHDPSHGTLP(Aib)GS (SEQ ID NO: 10);
IGLHDP SHGTLP(N-methyl-L-Ala)GS (SEQ ID NO: 11);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 12);
(D-Ile)GLHDPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO: 13);
(L-NorVal)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 14);
(L-NorLeu)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 15);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:28);
AC-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:29);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:30);
IGLHD PSHGT LPAGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:41);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS C (SEQ ID NO:42);
Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC (SEQ ID NO:43); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS C-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:44);
Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:45);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC (SEQ ID NO:46);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC (SEQ ID NO:47);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:48); and
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:49).
3. The peptide or analog thereof of any one of claims 1 or 2, wherein the peptide or analog thereof consists of:
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO:7);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AG (SEQ ID NO:73);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGSK (SEQ ID NO:9);
IGLHDPSHGTLP(Aib)GS (SEQ ID NO: 10);
IGLHDP SHGTLP(N-methyl-L-Ala)GS (SEQ ID NO: 11);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 12);
(D-Ile)GLHDPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO: 13);
(L-NorVal)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 14);
(L-NorLeu)GLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 15);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:28);
AC-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:29);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:30);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:41);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS C (SEQ ID NO:42); Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC (SEQ ID NO:43); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS C- H2 (SEQ ID NO:44); Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPAGSC- H2 (SEQ ID NO:45); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC (SEQ ID NO:46); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC (SEQ ID NO:47); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC - H2 (SEQ ID NO:48); or Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGC - H2 (SEQ ID NO:49).
4. A peptide or analog thereof comprising the sequence:
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:50).
5. The peptide or analog of claim 4, wherein the peptide or analog comprises a peptide or analog selected from:
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:50);
IGLHDPTQGTEP(Aib)GE (SEQ ID NO: 51);
Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO: 52);
(D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO: 53);
AC-IGLHDPTQGTEPAG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 60);
Ac-IGLHD PTQGT EPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 62);
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:68);
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC (SEQ ID NO: 69);
Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC (SEQ ID NO: 70);
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:71); and
Ac-IGLHD PTQGT EPAGC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:72).
6. The peptide or analog thereof of any one of claims claim 4 or 5, wherein the peptide or analog thereof consists of:
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO:50);
IGLHDPTQGTEP(Aib)GE (SEQ ID NO: 51);
Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO: 52);
(D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPAGE (SEQ ID NO: 53);
AC-IGLHDPTQGTEPAG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 60);
Ac-IGLHD PTQGT EPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 62);
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:68);
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC (SEQ ID NO: 69);
Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC (SEQ ID NO: 70);
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:71); or
Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPAGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 72).
7. A peptide or analog thereof comprising a peptide or analog selected from the group consisting of:
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 16); (D-Ile)GLHDPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 17); Ac-IGLHD PSHGT LPNGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:31); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:32); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:33); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:34); IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:35); Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC- H2 (SEQ ID NO:36); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:37);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:38);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC - H2 (SEQ ID NO:39); Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:40); IGLHDP SHGTLPNG (SEQ ID NO:74);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG (SEQ ID NO:75);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:76);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:77); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:78); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:79); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPEGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 80); H-IGLHEPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 81); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:82); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:83); H-IGLHEPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 84); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:85); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:86); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:87); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:88); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPEGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:89); H-IGLHEPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:90); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:91); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:92); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQG-OH (SEQ ID NO:93);
H-IGLHDP SHGTLPDG-OH (SEQ ID NO:94);
H-IGLHDP SHGTLPEG-OH (SEQ ID NO:95);
H-IGLHEP SHGTLPNG-OH (SEQ ID NO:96);
H-IGLHQP SHGTLPNG-OH (SEQ ID NO:97);
H-IGLHNP SHGTLPNG-OH (SEQ ID NO:98);
H-IGLHEP SHGTLP AG-OH (SEQ ID NO:99);
H-IGLHQP SHGTLP AG-OH (SEQ ID NO: 100); H-IGLHNPSHGTLP AG-OH (SEQ ID NO: 101); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPQGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 102); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPDGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 103); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPEGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 104); H-IGLHEP SHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 105); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 106); H-IGLHNP SHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 107); H-IGLHEP SHGTLP AGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 108); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPAGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 109); and H-IGLHNPSHGTLP AGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 110).
8. The peptide or analog of claim 7, wherein the peptide or analog thereof consists of: Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 16);
(D-Ile)GLHDPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 17);
Ac-IGLHD PSHGT LPNGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:31);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:32);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:33);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGS C (SEQ ID NO:34);
IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:35);
AC-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGSC-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:36);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:37);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC (SEQ ID NO:38);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:39);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:40);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNG (SEQ ID NO:74);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG (SEQ ID NO:75);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:76);
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLPNG-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:77);
H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:78);
H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:79);
H-IGLHDPSHGTLPEGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 80);
H-IGLHEPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 81); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:82); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPNGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:83); H-IGLHEPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO: 84); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:85); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPAGS-OH (SEQ ID NO:86); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:87); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPDGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:88); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPEGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:89); H-IGLHEPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:90); H-IGLHQPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:91); H-IGLHNPSHGTLPNGSC-OH (SEQ ID NO:92); H-IGLHDPSHGTLPQG-OH (SEQ ID NO:93); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPDG-OH (SEQ ID NO:94); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPEG-OH (SEQ ID NO:95); H-IGLHEP SHGTLPNG-OH (SEQ ID NO:96); H-IGLHQP SHGTLPNG-OH (SEQ ID NO:97); H-IGLHNP SHGTLPNG-OH (SEQ ID NO:98); H-IGLHEP SHGTLP AG-OH (SEQ ID NO:99); H-IGLHQP SHGTLP AG-OH (SEQ ID NO: 100); H-IGLHNPSHGTLP AG-OH (SEQ ID NO: 101); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPQGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 102); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPDGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 103); H-IGLHDP SHGTLPEGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 104); H-IGLHEP SHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 105); H-IGLHQP SHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 106); H-IGLHNP SHGTLPNGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 107); H-IGLHEP SHGTLP AGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 108); H-IGLHQP SHGTLP AGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 109); or H-IGLHNPSHGTLP AGE-OH (SEQ ID NO: 110).
9. A peptide or analog thereof comprising a peptide or analog selected from the group consisting of:
Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 54); (D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO:55); AC-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:61); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:63); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO: 64); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO: 65); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:66); and Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 67).
10. The peptide or analog of claim 9, wherein the peptide or analog thereof consists of:
Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 54); (D-Ile)GLHDPTQGTEPNGE (SEQ ID NO:55); Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:61);
IGLHDPTQGTEPNGE-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:63);
IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO: 64);
Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC (SEQ ID NO: 65);
IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO:66); or
Ac-IGLHDPTQGTEPNGC -NH2 (SEQ ID NO: 67).
11. A peptide or analog thereof comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of:
IGLHAPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:6); IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:8); IGLHDP SHGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 18); IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 19); IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:20); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO:21); IGLHDP SHGTLPNGK (SEQ ID NO:22); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGK (SEQ ID NO:23); IGLHDP SHGTEP AGS (SEQ ID NO:24); IGLHDPSQGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:25); IGLHDPTHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:26); IGLHDP SHGTLP AGE (SEQ ID NO:27); IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO:56); IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS (SEQ ID NO:57); IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO.58); and IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE (SEQ ID NO:59).
12. The peptide or analog of claim 11, wherein the peptide or analog thereof comprises a peptide or analog selected from:
IGLHAPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:6);
IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:8);
IGLHDP SHGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 18);
IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 19);
IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:20);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO:21);
IGLHDP SHGTLPNGK (SEQ ID NO:22);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGK (SEQ ID NO:23);
IGLHDP SHGTEP AGS (SEQ ID NO:24);
IGLHDPSQGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:25);
IGLHDPTHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:26);
IGLHDP SHGTLP AGE (SEQ ID NO:27);
IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO:56);
IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS (SEQ ID NO.57);
IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 58); and
IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE (SEQ ID NO:59).
13. The peptide or analog thereof of any one of claims 11 or 12, wherein the peptide or analog thereof consists of: IGLHAPSHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:6); IGLHAPSHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:8); IGLHDP SHGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 18 IGLHDPSQGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO: 19 IGLHDPTHGTLPNGS (SEQ ID NO:20 IGLHDP SHGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO:21 IGLHDP SHGTLPNGK (SEQ ID NO:22 IGLHDP SHGTLP AGK (SEQ ID NO:23 IGLHDP SHGTEP AGS (SEQ ID NO:24 IGLHDPSQGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:25 IGLHDPTHGTLPAGS (SEQ ID NO:26 IGLHDP SHGTLP AGE (SEQ ID NO:27 IGLHDPTQGTEPNGS (SEQ ID NO:56 IGLHDPTQGTEPAGS (SEQ ID NO:57 IGLHDPTQGTLPNGE (SEQ ID NO: 58); or IGLHDPTQGTLPAGE (SEQ ID NO:59
14. The peptide or analog of any one of claims 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11 or 12, wherein the peptide or analog thereof comprises a modification.
15. The peptide or analog of claim 14, wherein the modification is selected from an acetylated N-terminus, an amidated C-terminus, a D amino acid, a modified amino acid, a fatty acid modification, esterification, or a combination thereof.
16. The peptide or analog of any one of claims 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11 or 12, wherein the peptide or analog thereof has a length of 20 amino acids or less.
17. A composition comprising the peptide or analog of any one of claims 1-16.
18. The composition of claim 17, further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
19. The composition of claim 17 or 18 for treating impaired pancreatic function, treating a metabolic disease, promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration or inhibiting inflammation.
20. A method for ameliorating a sign or symptom associated with impaired pancreatic function comprising administering the peptide or analog of any one of claims 1-16.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein the impaired pancreatic function is type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, latent autoimmune diabetes in adults (LAD A), impaired fasting glucose, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, or impaired fasting insulin level, or a combination thereof.
22. The method of claim 20 or 21, wherein an anti-diabetic drug is administered.
23. A method for stimulating pancreatic islet cell growth, comprising contacting a pancreatic islet cell with the peptide or analog of any one of claims 1-16, whereby
proliferation of the pancreatic islet cell is stimulated.
24. A method of producing a population of pancreatic islet cells, comprising contacting one or more pancreatic islet cells in vitro with the peptide or analog of any one of claims 1-16, whereby proliferation of the one or more pancreatic islet cells are stimulated and a population of pancreatic islet cells is produced.
25. The method of claim 24, wherein the one or more pancreatic islet cells are obtained from a subject.
26. The method of claim 24 or 25, further comprising the step of transplanting the population of pancreatic islet cells into a subject.
27. The method of claim 26, wherein the one or more pancreatic cells are obtained from the subject into which the population of pancreatic islet cells is to be transplanted.
28. A method for increasing the number of pancreatic islet cells in a subject comprising administering the peptide or analog of any one of claims 1-16.
29. A method for ameliorating a sign or symptom associated with a metabolic disease in a subject comprising administering the peptide of any one of claims 1-16.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein the metabolic disease is diabetes, pre-diabetes or metabolic syndrome.
31. A method of reducing in a diabetic subject impaired glucose tolerance, blood glucose, fasting blood glucose, postprandial blood glucose, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin (HbAlc), arginine- stimulated C-peptide (AUC), or a combination thereof, by administering a peptide or analog of any one of claims 1-16 to the subject.
32. A method for promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, comprising contacting a nerve cell with the peptide or analog of any one of claims 1-16.
33. A method for promoting liver regeneration, comprising contacting a liver cell with the peptide or analog of any one of claims 1-16.
34. The method of claim 32 or 33, wherein the contacting occurs in vitro.
35. The method of claim 32 or 33, wherein the contacting occurs in vivo.
36. A method for inhibiting inflammation, comprising administering the peptide or analog of any one of claims 1-16.
37. A peptide or analog thereof comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of:
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 12); and
Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGS-NH2 (SEQ ID NO:31).
38. The peptide or analog thereof of claim 37, wherein the peptide or analog thereof consists of:
Ac-IGLHDP SHGTLP AGS (SEQ ID NO: 12); or Ac-IGLHDPSHGTLPNGS- H2 (SEQ ID NO:31).
39. The peptide or analog of claim 37, wherein the peptide or analog thereof comprises a modification.
40. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the peptide or analog of any one of claims 37 - 39 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
41. Use of a peptide or analog thereof of any one of claims 1-16 or 37 - 39 for preparation of a medicament for treating a human patient with impaired pancreatic function.
42. Use of a peptide or analog of claim 41, wherein the human patient with impaired pancreatic function has a disease or condition selected from the group consisting of: type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, latent autoimmune diabetes in adults (LAD A), impaired fasting glucose, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin deficiency, fasting
hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin level, or a combination thereof.
43. Use of a peptide or analog thereof of any one of claims 1-16 or 37 - 39 for preparation of a medicament for stimulating pancreatic islet cell growth.
44. Use of a peptide or analog thereof of any one of claims 1-16 or 37 - 39 for preparation of a medicament for producing a population of pancreatic islet cells.
45. Use of a peptide or analog thereof of any one of claims 1-16 or 37 - 39 for preparation of a medicament for increasing the number of pancreatic islet cells in a human.
46. Use of a peptide or analog thereof of any one of claims 1-16 or 37 - 39 for preparation of a medicament for treating a human patient with a metabolic disease.
47. Use of a peptide or analog of claim 46, wherein the metabolic disease is diabetes, pre-diabetes or metabolic syndrome.
48. Use of a peptide or analog thereof of any one of claims 1-16 or 37 - 39 for preparation of a medicament for treating a condition in a diabetic subject, wherein the condition is selected from the group consisting of: impaired glucose tolerance, elevated blood glucose, elevated fasting blood glucose, elevated postprandial blood glucose, insulin deficiency, fasting hyperinsulinemia, insulin resistance, impaired fasting insulin levels, glycosylated hemoglobin (HbAlc), arginine- stimulated C-peptide (AUC), or a combination thereof.
49. Use of a peptide or analog thereof of any one of claims 1-16 or 37 - 39 for preparation of a medicament for promoting neuroprotection, promoting nerve regeneration, promoting liver regeneration, or inhibiting inflammation.
50. Use of a peptide or analog thereof of any one of claims 1-16 or 37 - 39 for preparation of a medicament for treating a human patient with partial pancreatomy.
PCT/CN2014/073483 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof WO2014139472A1 (en)

Priority Applications (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/417,110 US9388215B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
EP14762306.0A EP2970385B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
ES14762306T ES2703110T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of use of insular neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
MX2015012038A MX2015012038A (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof.
AU2014231444A AU2014231444B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
SG11201507404RA SG11201507404RA (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
NZ711958A NZ711958A (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
KR1020157029362A KR102244349B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
CA2906240A CA2906240C (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
EP18196856.1A EP3473642B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
JP2015561930A JP6674258B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
RU2015143655A RU2685958C2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods for using peptides of neegeniosis islands and analogues thereof
BR112015022469A BR112015022469A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 peptide or analog thereof, composition, method for enhancing a signal or symptom, method for stimulating cell growth, method for producing a cell population, method for increasing cell number, method for reducing in a diabetic individual tolerance to impaired glucose, method for promoting neuroprotection or nerve regeneration, method for promoting regeneration, method for inhibiting inflammation, pharmaceutical composition and use of a peptide or analog thereof
IL241383A IL241383B (en) 2013-03-15 2015-09-09 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
US15/177,206 US9738695B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-06-08 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
US15/654,516 US20180009861A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-07-19 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
AU2018241212A AU2018241212B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-10-08 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
US16/658,218 US20200347106A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-10-21 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
AU2020280993A AU2020280993B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-11-30 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
US17/747,788 US20220348618A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2022-05-18 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CNPCT/CN2013/072771 2013-03-15
PCT/CN2013/072771 WO2014139182A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2013-03-15 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/417,110 A-371-Of-International US9388215B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
US15/177,206 Continuation US9738695B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-06-08 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014139472A1 true WO2014139472A1 (en) 2014-09-18

Family

ID=51535856

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/072771 WO2014139182A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2013-03-15 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
PCT/CN2014/073483 WO2014139472A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/072771 WO2014139182A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2013-03-15 Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof

Country Status (14)

Country Link
US (7) US20160039877A1 (en)
EP (2) EP3473642B1 (en)
JP (2) JP6674258B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102244349B1 (en)
AU (3) AU2014231444B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112015022469A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2906240C (en)
ES (1) ES2703110T3 (en)
IL (1) IL241383B (en)
MX (2) MX2015012038A (en)
NZ (1) NZ711958A (en)
RU (1) RU2685958C2 (en)
SG (1) SG11201507404RA (en)
WO (2) WO2014139182A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2956475A4 (en) * 2013-02-15 2016-11-16 Univ Mcgill Modified ingap peptides for treating diabetes
WO2018205233A1 (en) * 2017-05-11 2018-11-15 深圳君圣泰生物技术有限公司 Use of polypeptide compound in treatment of acute pancreatitis
WO2023143446A1 (en) * 2022-01-25 2023-08-03 Shenzhen Hightide Biopharmaceutical Ltd. Compositions and methods for treating cytokine storm

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4560952B2 (en) * 1999-12-03 2010-10-13 株式会社セガ GAME DEVICE AND GAME SYSTEM
CA3013896A1 (en) * 2016-02-10 2017-08-17 Pfizer Inc. Therapeutic nanoparticles having egfr ligands and methods of making and using same
CN108616978B (en) * 2016-12-14 2022-04-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for performing stateless processing on network function entity
KR102006890B1 (en) * 2016-12-27 2019-08-05 한양대학교 산학협력단 Pancreatic islet cell-homing peptide and use thereof
US20190142901A1 (en) * 2017-11-16 2019-05-16 Claresa Levetan Compositions and methods for treating or preventing type 1 diabetes using a biologic response modifier in combination with one or more islet or beta cell regeneration or replacement therapies
CN114644683B (en) * 2018-09-18 2023-09-12 广州领晟医疗科技有限公司 Polypeptide for promoting hepatocyte proliferation and/or inhibiting hepatocyte apoptosis and application thereof
CN115867646A (en) * 2020-05-01 2023-03-28 博德研究所 Engineered central nervous system compositions
WO2024169938A1 (en) * 2023-02-16 2024-08-22 Shenzhen Hightide Biopharmaceutical Ltd. Compositions and methods for treating liver diseases

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1995000655A1 (en) 1993-06-24 1995-01-05 Mc Master University Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy
WO1995011984A2 (en) 1993-10-25 1995-05-04 Canji, Inc. Recombinant adenoviral vector and methods of use
WO1995027071A2 (en) 1994-04-04 1995-10-12 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System An adenovirus supervector system
US6824822B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2004-11-30 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics Inc. Ii Residual solvent extraction method and microparticles produced thereby
WO2009029847A1 (en) * 2007-08-30 2009-03-05 Curedm, Inc. Compositions and methods of using proislet peptides and analogs thereof
WO2009049222A1 (en) 2007-10-12 2009-04-16 Curedm, Inc. Compositions and methods of using the human proislet peptide receptor
US8329648B2 (en) 2005-08-19 2012-12-11 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating diabetes and reducing body weight
CN102827253A (en) * 2011-06-17 2012-12-19 上海市第一人民医院 Micro-molecular polypeptide inhibiting inflammatory response, and application thereof

Family Cites Families (77)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2661187B1 (en) 1990-04-20 1994-08-05 Inst Nat Sante Rech Med PROTEIN ASSOCIATED WITH ACUTE PANCREATITIS. MEANS FOR THE DIAGNOSIS OF ACUTE PANCREATITIS.
FR2700011B1 (en) 1992-12-24 1995-02-24 Inst Nat Sante Rech Med Detection of cystic fibrosis or a mutation in the CFTR gene by means of a PAP assay.
US5834590A (en) 1995-02-22 1998-11-10 Eastern Virginia Medical School Of The Medical College Of Hampton Roads Ingap protein involved in pancreatic islet neogenesis
US5688489A (en) 1995-09-15 1997-11-18 Resolution Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Non-receptor mediated imaging agents
US5804421A (en) 1996-10-30 1998-09-08 Eastern Virginia Medical School Of The Medical College Fo Hampton Roads High level of expression of ingap in bacterial and euraryotic cells
US5935813A (en) 1997-03-20 1999-08-10 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human pancreatitis-associated protein
AU3395900A (en) 1999-03-12 2000-10-04 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human lung cancer associated gene sequences and polypeptides
US20020052308A1 (en) 1999-03-12 2002-05-02 Rosen Craig A. Nucleic acids, proteins and antibodies
US20040018623A1 (en) 1999-10-29 2004-01-29 Lawrence Rosenberg Medium for preparing dedifferentiated cells
US20020009730A1 (en) 1999-11-17 2002-01-24 Alex Chenchik Human stress array
CA2343602A1 (en) 2000-04-18 2001-10-18 Genset Est's and encoded human proteins
US6812339B1 (en) 2000-09-08 2004-11-02 Applera Corporation Polymorphisms in known genes associated with human disease, methods of detection and uses thereof
US20070037165A1 (en) 2000-09-08 2007-02-15 Applera Corporation Polymorphisms in known genes associated with human disease, methods of detection and uses thereof
DE10056802B4 (en) 2000-11-14 2005-06-16 Epigenomics Ag Method for the detection of methylation conditions for toxicological diagnostics
NZ526312A (en) 2000-12-13 2004-11-26 Borean Pharma As Combinatorial libraries of proteins having the scaffold structure of C-type lectin-like domains
WO2002059315A2 (en) 2000-12-19 2002-08-01 Curagen Corporation Human nucleic acids and polypeptides and methods of use thereof
US20040018970A1 (en) 2000-12-19 2004-01-29 Shimkets Richard A. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides and methods of use thereof
US6986994B2 (en) 2001-01-09 2006-01-17 Gmp Endotherapeutics, Inc. INGAP displacement assays
WO2002070551A2 (en) 2001-03-01 2002-09-12 Mcgill University Neuritogenic compound and uses thereof
CA2457819A1 (en) 2001-08-14 2003-02-27 The General Hospital Corporation Nucleic acid and amino acid sequences involved in pain
MXPA04001804A (en) 2001-08-30 2005-03-07 Biorexis Pharmaceutical Corp Modified transferrin fusion proteins.
US20040132644A1 (en) * 2001-10-16 2004-07-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Composition and method for treating diabetes
WO2003034984A2 (en) 2001-10-19 2003-05-01 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of inflammatory bowel disorders
US20060194265A1 (en) 2001-10-23 2006-08-31 Morris David W Novel therapeutic targets in cancer
AU2002364587A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-07-30 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Albumin fusion proteins
US7662768B2 (en) 2002-01-11 2010-02-16 Mcgill University Transdifferentiation of pancreatic acinar cells
US7166439B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2007-01-23 Gmp Endotherapeutics, Inc. Assay for anti-INGAP antibodies
US20070015271A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2007-01-18 Rosen Craig A Human secreted proteins
US20040018522A1 (en) 2002-05-09 2004-01-29 Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Identification of dysregulated genes in patients with multiple sclerosis
WO2003094958A1 (en) 2002-05-09 2003-11-20 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Immunoprotective methods for beta cell neogenesis
WO2004007770A2 (en) 2002-07-10 2004-01-22 Oncotherapy Science, Inc. Method for diagnosis of intestinal-type gastric tumors
JP2004065120A (en) 2002-08-07 2004-03-04 Sumitomo Pharmaceut Co Ltd Marker for inflammatory bowel disease and use thereof
DE60330680D1 (en) 2002-08-30 2010-02-04 Biorexis Pharmaceutical Corp TRANSFERRIN Fusion Protein LIBRARIES
WO2004037277A2 (en) 2002-10-24 2004-05-06 Mcgill University Use of ingap for reversing diabetes
AU2003294828A1 (en) 2002-12-17 2004-07-09 Sinogenomax Co. Ltd. Chinese National Human Genomecenter Specific markers for pancreatic cancer
US7510708B2 (en) 2003-04-14 2009-03-31 Washington University Disruption of the REG pathway
EP1488798A1 (en) * 2003-06-18 2004-12-22 Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale (Inserm) HIP/PAP polypeptide composition for use in liver regeneration and for the prevention of liver failure
WO2005113812A2 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-12-01 Invitrogen Corporation Collections of matched biological reagents and methods for identifying matched reagents
US20050277593A1 (en) 2004-05-24 2005-12-15 Washington University Therapeutic uses of Reg protein
CN1964987A (en) 2004-06-04 2007-05-16 惠氏公司 Inhibitors of REGIII proteins as asthma therapeutics
KR100639677B1 (en) 2004-11-08 2006-10-30 삼성전자주식회사 Phase and delay locked loop and semiconductor memory device comprising the same
KR100664586B1 (en) 2004-12-22 2007-01-04 김현기 Human protooncogene and protein encoded by same expression vector containing same and cell transformed by said vector
US20090142338A1 (en) * 2005-03-04 2009-06-04 Curedm, Inc. Methods and Compositions for Treating Type 1 and Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus and Related Conditions
US20060275794A1 (en) 2005-03-07 2006-12-07 Invitrogen Corporation Collections of matched biological reagents and methods for identifying matched reagents
US7393919B2 (en) * 2005-05-25 2008-07-01 Cure Dm, Inc. Peptides, derivatives and analogs thereof, and methods of using same
US7807459B2 (en) 2005-09-27 2010-10-05 Reneuron, Inc. EphA4-positive human adult pancreatic endocrine progenitor cells
AU2006311538A1 (en) 2005-11-09 2007-05-18 Ontherix, Inc. Metal-binding therapeutic peptides
US20080039393A1 (en) 2005-11-09 2008-02-14 Desmond Mascarenhas Metal-binding therapeutic peptides
WO2007071437A2 (en) 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Ares Trading S.A. Compositions and methods for treating inflammatory disorders
WO2008011518A2 (en) 2006-07-19 2008-01-24 Diakine Therapeutics, Inc. Encapsulation system
KR20060089873A (en) 2006-07-25 2006-08-09 김현기 Human protooncogene and protein encoded by same, expression vector containing same, and cell transformed by said vector
EP2057465A4 (en) 2006-08-09 2010-04-21 Homestead Clinical Corp Organ-specific proteins and methods of their use
CA2667476A1 (en) 2006-11-02 2008-07-17 Genizon Biosciences Inc. Genemap of the human genes associated with asthma disease
US8785400B2 (en) 2006-11-22 2014-07-22 Curedm Group Holdings, Llc Methods and compositions relating to islet cell neogenesis
WO2008079406A2 (en) 2006-12-19 2008-07-03 Genentech, Inc. Gene expression markers for inflammatory bowel disease
FR2910311B1 (en) 2006-12-20 2009-02-13 Oreal COMPOSITION COMPRISING A SILICONE COMPOUND AND A PARTICULAR ORGANOSILANE
US7923014B2 (en) 2007-02-12 2011-04-12 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Expression and purification of HIP/PAP and uses therefor
WO2008118948A1 (en) * 2007-03-26 2008-10-02 Atherogenics, Inc. Methods and compositions of derivatives of probucol for the treatment of diabetes
WO2008118946A1 (en) 2007-03-27 2008-10-02 Atherogenics, Inc. Methods and compositions using certain phenolic derivatives for the treatment of diabetes
ES2662845T3 (en) 2007-11-07 2018-04-10 Genentech, Inc. IL-22 for use in the treatment of microbial disorders
US20100004213A1 (en) 2007-11-29 2010-01-07 Abbas Alexander R Gene expression markers for inflammatory bowel disease
CA2706729A1 (en) 2007-11-29 2009-06-11 Genentech, Inc. Gene expression markers for inflammatory bowel disease
EP2080812A1 (en) 2008-01-18 2009-07-22 Transmedi SA Compositions and methods of detecting post-stop peptides
WO2009097155A1 (en) 2008-01-31 2009-08-06 Diakine Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating diabetes using lisofylline and islet neogenesis associated peptide
EP2257814B1 (en) 2008-03-21 2012-08-29 Podiceps B.v. Diagnostic of pre-symptomatic metabolic syndrome
EP2350118B1 (en) 2008-09-19 2016-03-30 Nektar Therapeutics Carbohydrate-based drug delivery polymers and conjugates thereof
JP2010085375A (en) 2008-10-02 2010-04-15 Nationa Hospital Organization Method, composition and kit for examining diabetic complication accompanying cell proliferation
EP2352762A1 (en) 2008-11-03 2011-08-10 Schering Corporation Inflammatory bowel disease biomarkers and related methods of treatment
US8012928B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2011-09-06 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York Truncated PAP2 and methods of making and using same
CN102348715B (en) 2009-02-03 2017-12-08 阿穆尼克斯运营公司 Extension recombinant polypeptide and the composition for including the extension recombinant polypeptide
EP2260857A1 (en) 2009-06-11 2010-12-15 Alfact Innovation Novel applications of HIP/PAP or derivatives thereof
ES2356217B1 (en) 2009-08-04 2012-02-13 Universidad De Salamanca METHOD FOR DETECTION OF RENAL DAMAGE.
EP2486132A1 (en) 2009-10-09 2012-08-15 Anaphore, Inc. Combinatorial libraries based on c-type lectin domain
CA2777162A1 (en) 2009-10-09 2011-04-14 Anaphore, Inc. Polypeptides that bind il-23r
US20110312881A1 (en) 2009-12-21 2011-12-22 Amunix, Inc. Bifunctional polypeptide compositions and methods for treatment of metabolic and cardiovascular diseases
ES2374370B1 (en) 2010-08-04 2013-01-08 Universidad De Salamanca METHOD FOR DETECTION OF RENAL DAMAGE.
CA2901404A1 (en) * 2013-02-15 2014-08-21 The Royal Institution For The Advancement Of Learning/Mcgill University Modified ingap peptides for treating diabetes

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1995000655A1 (en) 1993-06-24 1995-01-05 Mc Master University Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy
WO1995011984A2 (en) 1993-10-25 1995-05-04 Canji, Inc. Recombinant adenoviral vector and methods of use
WO1995027071A2 (en) 1994-04-04 1995-10-12 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System An adenovirus supervector system
US6824822B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2004-11-30 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics Inc. Ii Residual solvent extraction method and microparticles produced thereby
US8329648B2 (en) 2005-08-19 2012-12-11 Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating diabetes and reducing body weight
WO2009029847A1 (en) * 2007-08-30 2009-03-05 Curedm, Inc. Compositions and methods of using proislet peptides and analogs thereof
WO2009049222A1 (en) 2007-10-12 2009-04-16 Curedm, Inc. Compositions and methods of using the human proislet peptide receptor
CN102827253A (en) * 2011-06-17 2012-12-19 上海市第一人民医院 Micro-molecular polypeptide inhibiting inflammatory response, and application thereof

Non-Patent Citations (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery", vol. 1 to 3, 1995, WILEY INTERSCIENCE
"Cecil Textbook of Medicine", 1996, W.B. SAUNDERS
"Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts, Properties, and Use", 2002, WILEY-VCH AND VHCA
"Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine", 1998, MCGRAW-HILL
"Protein Engineering: A practical approach", 1992, IRL PRESS
"Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 1995, MACK PUBLISHING COMPANY
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 1990, MACK PUBLISHING COMPANY
ALLEN ET AL., ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, vol. 35, 1979, pages 2331
ANDERSON, NATURE, vol. 392, 1998, pages 25 - 30
ANDERSON: "Neuropeptide Protocols", vol. 73, 1996, pages: 49 - 60
AUSUBEL ET AL.: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1999, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
BERGE ET AL., J. PHARM. SCI., vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19
BODANSZKY: "Principles of Peptide Synthesis", 1984, SPRINGER-VERLAG
BRUGGHE ET AL., INT. J. PEPTIDE PROTEIN RES., vol. 43, 1994, pages 166 - 170
CUDIC; STAWIKOWSKI, MINI-REV ORGANIC CHEM., vol. 4, 2007, pages 268 - 280
DUNGAN ET AL., DIABETESMETAB. RES. REV., vol. 25, 2009, pages 558 - 565
DUTTA, CHEM. BR., vol. 25, 1989, pages 159
GLAZER ET AL.: "Chemical modification ofproteins: Selected methods and analytical procedures", 1975, ELSEVIER BIOMEDICAL PRESS
GREGORIADIS: "Liposome Technology", vol. 1, 1984, CRC PRESS
HERMONAT; MUZYCZKA, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 81, 1984, pages 6466 - 6470
KENT, ANN. REV. BIOCHEM., vol. 57, 1988, pages 957 - 989
KOPPLE, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., 1972, pages 94 - 973,981
LANGER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 428, 2004, pages 487 - 492
LANGER, NATURE, vol. 392, 1998, pages 5 - 10
LEBKOWSKI ET AL., MOL. CELL. BIOL., vol. 8, 1988, pages 3988 - 3996
LLOYD-WILLIAMS ET AL., TETRAHEDRON, vol. 49, 1993, pages 11065 - 11133
MERRIFIELD, J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 85, 1963, pages 2149 - 2154
MERRIFIELD, METHODS ENZYMOL., vol. 289, 1997, pages 3 - 13
RUSINKO ET AL., J. CHEM. INF. COMPUT. SCI., vol. 29, 1989, pages 251
SAMBROOK ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", 2001, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY
SCHLESINGER; DUBENSKY, CURR. OPIN. BIOTECHNOL., vol. 5, 1999, pages 434 - 439
See also references of EP2970385A4
YING ET AL., NAT. MED., vol. 5, no. 7, 1999, pages 823 - 827

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2956475A4 (en) * 2013-02-15 2016-11-16 Univ Mcgill Modified ingap peptides for treating diabetes
WO2018205233A1 (en) * 2017-05-11 2018-11-15 深圳君圣泰生物技术有限公司 Use of polypeptide compound in treatment of acute pancreatitis
CN110958885A (en) * 2017-05-11 2020-04-03 深圳君圣泰生物技术有限公司 Application of polypeptide compound in treatment of acute pancreatitis
US11534477B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2022-12-27 Shenzhen Hightide Biopharmaceutical, Ltd. Use of peptide compounds in treating acute pancreatitis
AU2017414006B2 (en) * 2017-05-11 2023-07-06 Shenzhen Hightide Biopharmaceutical, Ltd. Use of polypeptide compound in treatment of acute pancreatitis
CN110958885B (en) * 2017-05-11 2024-03-12 深圳君圣泰生物技术有限公司 Application of polypeptide compound in treating acute pancreatitis
WO2023143446A1 (en) * 2022-01-25 2023-08-03 Shenzhen Hightide Biopharmaceutical Ltd. Compositions and methods for treating cytokine storm

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2014139182A1 (en) 2014-09-18
US20170002049A1 (en) 2017-01-05
CA2906240C (en) 2022-10-18
AU2014231444B2 (en) 2018-07-19
AU2018241212B2 (en) 2020-09-17
EP3473642A3 (en) 2019-07-10
AU2014231444A1 (en) 2015-10-01
US10899815B2 (en) 2021-01-26
NZ711958A (en) 2020-07-31
JP6674258B2 (en) 2020-04-01
EP3473642B1 (en) 2022-04-13
SG11201507404RA (en) 2015-10-29
MX2019009886A (en) 2019-10-22
JP2020062028A (en) 2020-04-23
AU2020280993A1 (en) 2021-01-07
RU2015143655A (en) 2017-04-26
EP2970385B1 (en) 2018-10-03
US20150203538A1 (en) 2015-07-23
US20200347106A1 (en) 2020-11-05
ES2703110T3 (en) 2019-03-07
US9388215B2 (en) 2016-07-12
IL241383A0 (en) 2015-11-30
US9738695B2 (en) 2017-08-22
AU2018241212A1 (en) 2018-11-29
US20160039877A1 (en) 2016-02-11
JP7075918B2 (en) 2022-05-26
KR20160012992A (en) 2016-02-03
EP2970385A1 (en) 2016-01-20
AU2020280993B2 (en) 2022-04-21
EP3473642A2 (en) 2019-04-24
KR102244349B1 (en) 2021-04-23
US20180009861A1 (en) 2018-01-11
RU2015143655A3 (en) 2018-02-28
US20190023755A1 (en) 2019-01-24
MX2015012038A (en) 2016-06-02
EP2970385A4 (en) 2016-12-07
RU2685958C2 (en) 2019-04-23
CA2906240A1 (en) 2014-09-18
BR112015022469A2 (en) 2017-07-18
US20220348618A1 (en) 2022-11-03
IL241383B (en) 2021-03-25
JP2016512205A (en) 2016-04-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2020280993B2 (en) Compositions and methods of using islet neogenesis peptides and analogs thereof
US10538567B2 (en) Compounds as peptidic trigonal GLP1/glucagon/GIP receptor agonists
AU2015276203A1 (en) Exendin-4 derivatives as selective glucagon receptor agonists
AU2021229621B2 (en) Peptides as selective GIP receptor agonists
CN104045703B (en) Polypeptide, polypeptide derivative, medicinal salt of polypeptide and medicinal composition
WO2023031455A1 (en) New peptides as potent and selective gip receptor agonists
US20240360194A1 (en) New Peptides as Potent and Selective GIP Receptor Agonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14762306

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14417110

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 241383

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: MX/A/2015/012038

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2906240

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2015561930

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014231444

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20140314

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014762306

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157029362

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015143655

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112015022469

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112015022469

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20150910